The Global Leader in Actuator Technology

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "The Global Leader in Actuator Technology"

Transcription

1

2 The Global Leader in Actuator Technology For over a decade Exlar has been the global leader in actuator technology. Our patented roller screw linear actuators have always offered the most compact, robust and durable designs - lasting up to 15 times longer than similar sized ball screws. Our T-LAM brushless motor technology provides the industry's highest torque density which results in very compact actuators with high force and speed capabilities. We continue to expand our product lines through the use of these powerful technologies. For 27 we are unveiling two entirely new product families. The first is our Tritex Series of linear and rotary actuators. These revolutionary units completely eliminate the need for any external motor, servo drive or position controller. All these devices are integral components of Tritex actuators. With the Tritex family, Exlar has combined internal servo drive power and control with long-life roller screw and robust brushless motor technologies to offer a low-cost, high-value electric alternative in pneumatic, hydraulic or electromechanical applications. Please contact Exlar to receive the separate brochure detailing the new Tritex family of linear and rotary actuator products. You may also visit and download the brochure complete with all specifications. The second significant product line addition is our I Series of linear actuators. These deliver the type of long-life electromechanical solutions you expect from Exlar, but with expanded flexibility in the type of motors you can employ with them. These cost-competitive roller screw actuators allow the use of any type of motor. Brushed, stepper, brushless - you decide. Details on the I Series begin on page 65 of this catalog. We invite you to review both our new and field-proven actuators to see how Exlar's unique products will give you the most effective rotary and linear actuation for your applications. We would welcome the opportunity to discuss your requirements and make a recommendation

3 Table of Contents page Roller Screw Technology GS Series Linear Actuators GSX Series Performance Specifications Drawings Ordering Guide GSM Series Performance Specifications Drawings Ordering Guide GSX Series GSM Series EL Series Linear Hazardous Location Products Performance Specifications Drawings Ordering Guide EL Series I Series Linear Actuators Performance Specifications Drawings Ordering Guide FT Series Linear Actuators Performance Specifications Drawings Ordering Guide SLM & SLG Series Motors Performance Specifications Drawings Ordering Guide ER Series Rotary Hazardous Location Products Performance Specifications Drawings Ordering Guide ER Series SLM/SLG Series FT Series I Series Engineering Reference

4 Why Consider Roller Screw Technology Designers have five basic choices when it comes to achieving controlled linear motion. The table on page 2 gives you a quick overview of what general advantages are associated with each. Because the roller screw technology common to all Exlar linear actuators might not be familiar to every- one using this catalog, allow us to present a general overview. Roller Screw Basics A roller screw is a mechanism for converting rotary torque into linear motion, in a similar manner to acme screws or ball screws. But, unlike those devices, roller screws can carry heavy loads for thousands of hours in the most arduous conditions. This makes roller screws the ideal choice for demanding, continuous-duty applications. The difference is in the roller screw s design for transmitting forces. Multiple threaded helical rollers are assembled in a planetary arrangement around a threaded shaft (shown above), which converts a motor s rotary motion into linear movement of the shaft or nut. Roller Screw vs Hydraulic & Pneumatic Comparisons: In applications where high loads are anticipated or faster cycling is desired, Exlar s roller screw actuators provide an attractive alternative to the hydraulic or pneumatic options. With their vastly simplified controls, electro-mechanical units using roller screws have major advantages. They do not require a complex support system of valves, pumps, filters and sensors. Thus, Exlar units take up much less space and deliver extremely long working lives with virtually no maintenance. Hydraulic fluid leaks are non-existent. Noise levels are reduced significantly. Additionally, the flexibility of computer programmed positioning can be very desirable in many applications. Roller vs Ball Screw Performance Comparisons: Loads and Stiffness: Due to design factors, the number of contact points in a ball screw is limited by the ball size. Exlar s planetary roller screw designs provide many more contact points than possible on comparably sized ball screws. Because this number of contact points is greater, roller screws have higher load carrying capacities, plus improved stiffness. In practical terms, this means that typically an Exlar roller screw actuator takes up much less space to meet the designer s specified load rating. Travel Life: As you would expect, with their higher load capacities, roller screws deliver major advantages in working life. Usually measured in Inches of Travel, the relative travel lives for roller and ball screws are displayed on the graph on page 2. As you can see there, in a 2, lb. average load application applied to a 1.2 inch (approximate) screw diameter with a.2 inch (approximate) lead, you can predict that the roller screw will have an expected service life that is 15 Times Greater. Speeds: Typical ball screw speeds are limited to 2 rpm and less, due to the interaction of the balls colliding with each other as the race rotates. In contrast, the rollers in a roller screw are fixed in planetary fashion by journals at the ends of the nut and therefore do not have this limitation. Hence, roller screws can work at 5 rpm and higher producing comparably higher linear travel rates. 1

5 1, Lifetime Comparison (Roller vs Ball Screws) Roller Screw Ball Screw Thrust Load (pounds) 1, 2 lbf load 1.2 diameter.2 lead screw comparison GSX Series 1,, 1,, 1,, 1,,, Lifetime (Inches of Travel) Roller Screw vs. Other Linear Motion Technologies (Used in electronic positioning applications) EXLAR ROLLER ACME BALL HYDRAULIC PNEUMATIC SCREWS SCREWS SCREWS CYLINDERS CYLINDERS Load ratings Very High High High Very High High Lifetime Very long, many Very low, due Moderate Can be long Can be long times greater to high with proper with proper than ball friction maintenance maintenance screw & wear Speed Very high Low Moderate Moderate Very high Acceleration Very high Low Moderate Very high Very high Electronic Easy Moderate Easy Difficult Very Positioning Difficult Stiffness Very high Very high Moderate Very high Very low Shock Loads Very high Very high Moderate Very high High Relative Space Minimum Moderate Moderate High High Requirements Friction Low High Low High Moderate Efficiency >9% approx 4% >9% <5% <5% Installation Compatible User may Compatible Complex, requires Very complex with have to with servo-valves, requires standard engineer a standard high pressure servo-valves, servo motion/actuator servo plumbing, plumbing, electronic interface electronic filtering, pumps filtering, controls controls linear positioning compressors & sensing linear positioning & sensing Maintenance Very low High due to Moderate Very high High poor wear characteristics Environmental Minimal Minimal Minimal Hydraulic fluid High noise leaks & disposal levels 2

6 Exlar GS Series Linear Actuator Family The GS Series linear actuator family offers you two grades of actuator to provide cost effective options in order to meet your application s requirements. View the chart below to compare the GSX and GSM models. All GS Series actuators use a specially designed roller screw mechanism for converting electric motor power into linear motion within the actuator. Planetary rollers assembled around the actuator s extending rod follow threads which are precisely machined on the inside surface of the actuator s hollow armature. Linear motion is produced in precise synchronization with the armature rotation. Because this roller screw mechanism has an inherently larger cumulative contact surface, these actuators have a much longer working life, and can handle heavier loads at higher speeds than is possible from a similarly sized unit built around a ball screw system. Individual Segments Lamination Endcaps Exlar s T-LAM segmented lamination stator technology delivers higher continuous motor torque than is available in traditionally wound motors. T-LAM technology consists of stator segments, each containing individual phase wiring for maximum motor performance. The improved efficiencies of the GSX Series are a result of the limited heat generation qualities inherent in the segmented stator design as seen above. The elimination of end turns in the stator, GSX and GSM Differences GSX (pg 4) GSM (pg 39) Ingress Protection IP65 IP54 (IP65 optional) No. of Stacks 1, 2, 3 1, 2 Life BSY (Ball Screw Years) 15X 2 to 5X Oil Cooling Yes No Food Grade Paint Yes No Electroless Nickel Housing Yes No Stainless Steel Case Yes No Hard Coat Anodized Yes Yes LVDT FB Yes (except 2 frame) Yes (except 2 frame) 5 in. Frame Yes No 6 in. Frame Yes No Force (lbf) 92-15, 92-3, Lead 5 & 6 only No Rear Brake all (GSX6 front brake) all Speeds (ips) Electroless Nickel Connectors Yes No and use of thermally conductive potting removes the parts most susceptible to failure in a traditional stator. Other design advantages include: Neodymium-iron-boron magnets provide high flux density and maximum motor torque. Thermally conductive potting of the entire stator provides increased heat dissipation and provides protection from contamination in oilcooled units. Each stator segment contains individual phase wiring. External winding of individual segments provides maximum slot fill for maximum motor performance. Motors with T-LAM technology have Class 18 H insulation systems compliant with UL requirements. UL recognized component. Motors with T-LAM technology are CE compliant The Actuator & Motor, All in one Compact Unit. With other actuator technologies, customers are usually responsible for engineering the completed linear motion system. This usually includes purchasing the motor, gear reducer, timing belt, mounting hardware, flexible couplings, etc. separately. Then they all must be assembled to perform properly in a given application. GS Series actuators eliminate all this systems engineering. These units are single, fully inegrated component packages - much smaller than traditional rotary-to-linear conversion mechanisms. Designed for Closed Loop Servo Systems Their brushless servo design means GS Series units can be used in advanced closed-loop servo systems when velocity and positioning is required. Position feedback can be delivered in a number of different firms. These include resolvers, encoders or internally mounted linear position feedback sensors. 3

7 Exlar GSX Series The Highest Perfomance and Longest Life Solution If you need a custom design, Exlar s Application Engineering department will work with you to engineer a solution specifically tailored to your application. GSX Series For applications that require long life and contiuous duty, even in harsh environments the GSX Series actuator offers a robust solution. The life of the GSX Series can exceed that of a ball screw actuator by 15X while delivering high speeds and high forces. This compact package has all the advantages that our GS Series offers. Sealed for Long Life with Minimum Maintenance GSX Series actuators have strong advantages whenever outside contaminants are an issue. In most rotary-tolinear devices, critical mechanisms are exposed to the environment. Thus, they must be frequently inspected, cleaned and lubricated. In contrast, the converting components in all Exlar GSX units are mounted within the sealed motor housing. With a simple bushing and seal arrangement on the smooth extending rod, abrasive particles or other contaminants are prevented from reaching the actuator s critical mechanisms. This assures trouble-free operation even in the most harsh environments. Lubrication requirements are minimal. GSX actuators can be lubricated with either grease or recirculated oil. Grease lubricated units will run up to 1, hours without re-greasing. Recirculated oil systems eliminate this type of maintenance altogether. A GSX Series actuator with a properly operating recirculating oil system will operate indefinitely without any other lubrication requirements. Available in Five Frame Sizes 2 GSX2 3 GSX3 4 GSX4 5 GSX5 7 GSX6 Feature Standard Optional External anti-rotate mechanism No Yes Pre-loaded follower No Yes Electric brake No Yes External End switches No Yes Connectors Two MS Style Connectors Electroless Nickel (3 if brake and/or Connectors/Male NPT Switches are Ordered) with Potted Leads/ Manufacturers Connectors Extended Tie Rods, Side Front Flange Mounting Style Tapped Mounting Holes, Trunnion, Rear Clevis, or Custom Mountings Rod End Male or Female: U.S. Standard or Metric Specials Available To Meet OEM Requirements Greased, Oil Connection Lubrication Ports are Built-in for Specials Available To Customer Supplied Meet OEM Requirements Recirculated Oil Lubrication Standard Encoders or Primary Feedback Resolvers to Meet Most Amplifier Requirements Custom Feedback Absolute Linear No VRVT, including Feedback signal conditioner 4

8 Exlar GSX Series Linear Actuators Applications Include: Hydraulic cylinder replacement Ball screw replacement Pneumatic cylinder replacement Chip and wafer handling Automated flexible fixturing Dispensers Machine tool Automated assembly Parts clamping Automatic tool changers Volumetric pumps Medical equipment Conveyor diverters / gates Plastics equipment Cut-offs Die cutters Packaging machinery Entertainment Sawmill equipment Open / close doors Fillers Formers Precision grinders Indexing stages Lifts Product sorting Material cutting Material handling Riveting / fastening / joining Molding Volumetric pumps Semiconductor Pick and place systems Robot manipulator arms Simulators Precision valve control Ventilation control systems Pressing Process control Tube bending Welding Stamping Test stands Tension control Web guidance Wire winding Repeatable force, reliable positioning accuracy, and flexible control make GSX actuators a perfect fit for assembly presses or test stands. Because they cycle quickly and can be synchronized to line speeds, Exlar actuators produce dramatic improvements in web control applications. In clean room applications like those common to semiconductor manufacturing, the compact design of our GSX Series saves critical space. Repeatable force control plus positioning accuracy extends the life of costly tools when Exlar linear actuators are used in precision clamping applications. 5

9 GSX Series Speed vs. Force Curves These charts represent typical linear speed versus linear force curves for the GSX actuators using common brushless motor amplifiers. The GSX Series are compatible with many different brushless motor amplifiers, and differences in the performance ratings of these amplifiers can alter the actuator s performance. Thus, the curves below should be used for estimation only. (Further information is available by contacting Exlar Application Engineering.) GSX Series Force (lbf) GSX2-.1 Inch Lead 7 1X8 6 2X Speed (inch / sec) Force (lbf) GSX3-.1 Inch Lead 1X8 2X Speed (inch / sec) Force (lbf) GSX2-.2 Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 3X8 Force (lbf) GSX3-.2 Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 3X Speed (inch / sec) Speed (inch / sec) Force (lbf) GSX2-.4 Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 3X Speed (inch / sec) Force (lbf) GSX3-.5 Inch Lead 45 1X8 4 2X8 35 3X Speed (inch / sec) Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 1 x 1 x 1/4 for GSX2 and 1 x 1 x 3/8 for GSX3 6

10 GSX Series Speed vs. Force Curves Force (lbf) GSX.4-.1 Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 3X Speed (inch / sec) Force (lbf) GSX5-.1 Inch Lead 1X8 2X Speed (inch / sec) 3 25 GSX4-.2 Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 3X8 6 5 GSX5-.2 Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 3X8 Force (lbf) Force (lbf) Speed (inch / sec) Speed (inch / sec) 12 1 GSX4-.5 Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 3X GSX5-.5 Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 3X8 Force (lbf) Force (lbf) Speed (inch / sec) Speed (inch / sec) Force (lbf) GSX4-.75 Inch Lead 8 1X8 7 2X8 3X Speed (inch / sec) Force (lbf) GSX5-1. Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 3X Speed (inch / sec) Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 12 x 12 x 1/2 for GSX4 and 12 x 12 x 1/2 for GSX5 7

11 These charts represent typical linear speed versus linear force curves for GSX actuators using common brushless motor amplifiers. The GSX Series are compatible with many different brushless motor amplifiers, and differences in the performance ratings of these amplifiers can alter the actuator s performance. Thus, the curves below should be used for estimation only. (Further information is available by contacting Exlar Application Engineering.) GSX Series Force (lbf) GSX6-.25 Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 3X Speed (inch / sec) Force (lbf) GSX6-.5 Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 3X Speed (inch / sec) Force (lbf) GSX6-1. Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 3X Speed (inch / sec) Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 16 x 16 x 1 for GSX6 8

12 GSX Series Lifetime Curves The L 1 expected life of a roller screw linear actuator is expressed as the linear travel distance that 9% of properly maintained roller screws manufactured are expected to meet or exceed. This is not a guarantee and these charts should be used for estimation purposes only. The underlying formula that defines this value is: Travel life in millions of inches, where: C = Dynamic load rating (lbf) F = Cubic mean applied load (lbf) S = Roller screws lead (inches) L 1 = ( C ) 3 x S F All curves represent properly lubricated and maintained actuators. Mean Load (pounds) 4, 3,5 3, 2,5 x x GSX4 x GSX4-xx1 GSX4-xx2 GSX4-xx5 GSX4-xx8 2, 1,5 x x 1, x x 5 x x x x , 1, 1, Travel Life (Millions of inches) 4 GSX2 9, GSX5 Mean Load (pounds) , 1, 1, Travel Life (Millions of inches) Mean Load (pounds) 8, 7, x 6, 5. 4, 3, x x x GSX5-xx1 GSX5-xx2 GSX5-xx5 GSX5-xx1 2, x x 1, x x x x x , 1, 1, Travel Life (Millions of inches) Mean Load (pounds) GSX3 2, 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1, , 1, 1, Travel Life (Millions of inches) Mean Load (pounds) 12, 1, 8, 6, 4, 2, GSX6 GSX6-xx3 GSX6-xx5 GSX6-xx , 1, 1, Travel Life (Millions of inches) 9

13 GSX2 & GSX3 Performance Specifications Model Frame Stroke Screw Continuous Max Continuous Maximum Armature Dynamic Weight Size (nominal)* Lead Force Rating Velocity Motor Static Inertia** Load (approx.) in in in lb (N) in/sec Torque Load lb-in-s 2 Rating lb (mm) (mm) (mm) 1/2/3 stack (mm/sec) lb-in (N-m) lb (N) (Kg-m 2 ) lb (N) (Kg) GSX /578/NA /11.5/NA (57) (75) (2.54) (1632/2571/NA) (211.67) (.82/1.3/NA) (556) (.114) (923) (2.9) GSX /289/NA /11.5/NA (57) (75) (5.8) (814/1286/NA) (423.33) (.82/1.3/NA) (556) (.114) (685) (2.9) GSX /145/NA /11.5/NA (57) (75) (1.16) (49/645/NA) (846.67) (.82/1.3/NA) (556) (.114) (5471) (2.9) GSX /578/NA /11.5/NA (57) (15) (2.54) (1632/2571/NA) (211.67) (.82/1.3/NA) (556) (.129) (923) (3.2) GSX /289/ /11.5/ (57) (15) (5.8) (814/1286/1713) (423.33) (.82/1.3/1.73) (556) (.129) (685) (3.2) GSX /145/ /11.5/ (57) (15) (1.16) (49/645/854) (846.67) (.82/1.3/1.73) (556) (.129) (5471) (3.2) GSX /578/NA /11.5/NA (57) (25) (2.54) (1632/2571/NA) (211.67) (.82/1.3/NA) (556) (.15) (923) (3.4) GSX /289/ /11.5/ (57) (25) (5.8) (814/1286/1713) (423.33) (.82/1.3/1.73) (556) (.15) (685) (3.4) GSX /145/ /11.5/ (57) (25) (1.16) (49/645/854) (846.67) (.82/1.3/1.73) (556) (.15) (5471) (3.4) GSX /578/NA /11.5/NA (57) (3) (2.54) (1632/2571/NA) (211.67) (.82/1.3/NA) (556) (.162) (923) (3.6) GSX /289/ /11.5/ (57) (3) (5.8) (814/1286/1713) (423.33) (.82/1.3/1.73) (556) (.162) (685) (3.6) GSX /145/ /11.5/ (57) (3) (1.16) (49/645/854) (846.67) (.82/1.3/1.73) (556) (.162) (5471) (3.6) GSX Series GSX /1347/NA /26.8/NA (79) (75) (2.54) (3688/5992/NA) (127) (1.86/3.3/NA) (121) (.36) (24536) (4.3) GSX /674/NA /26.8/NA (79) (75) (5.8) (1846/2998/NA) (254) (1.86/3.3/NA) (121) (.36) (25798) (4.3) GSX /269/NA /26.8/NA (79) (75) (12.7) (738/1197/NA) (635) (1.86/3.3/NA) (121) (.36) (21795) (4.3) GSX /1347/NA /26.8/NA (79) (15) (2.54) (3688/5992/NA) (127) (1.86/3.3/NA (121) (.48) (24536) (5.2) GSX /674/ /26.8/ (79) (15) (5.8) (1846/2998/426) (254) (1.86/3.3/4.7) (121) (.48) (25798) (5.2) GSX /269/ /26.8/ (79) (15) (12.7) (738/1197/161) (635) (1.86/3.3/4.7) (121) (.48) (21795) (5.2) GSX /1347/NA /26.8/NA (79) (25) (2.54) (3688/5992/NA) (127) (1.86/3.3/NA) (121) (.47) (24536) (8.6) GSX /674/ /26.8/ (79) (25) (5.8) (1846/2998/426) (254) (1.86/3.3/4.7) (121) (.47) (25798) (8.6) GSX /269/ /26.8/ (79) (25) (12.7) (738/1197/161) (635) (1.86/3.3/4.7) (121) (.47) (21795) (8.6) GSX /1347/NA /26.8/NA (79) (35) (2.54) (3688/5992/NA) (127) (1.86/3.3/NA) (121) (.51) (24536) (1) GSX /674/ /26.8/ (79) (35) (5.8) (1846/2998/426) (254) (1.86/3.3/4.7) (121) (.51) (25798) (1) GSX /269/ /26.8/ (79) (35) (12.7) (738/1197/161) (635) (1.86/3.3/4.7) (121) (.51) (21795) (1) GSX /674/ /26.8/ (79) (355) (5.8) (1846/2998/426) (254) (1.86/3.3/4.7) (121) (.534) (25798) (1) GSX /269/ /26.8/ (79) (355) (12.7) (738/1197/161) (635) (1.86/3.3/4.7) (121) (.534) (21795) (1) GSX /674/ /26.8/ (79) (455) (5.8) (1846/2998/426) (254) (1.86/3.3/4.7) (121) (.62) (25798) (11.3) GSX /269/ /26.8/ (79) (455) (12.7) (738/1197/161) (635) (1.86/3.3/4.7) (121) (.62) (21795) (11.3) *Please note that stroke mm are nominal dimensions. **Inertia +/ 5% See page 12 for definition of terms. Specifications subject to change without notice. 1

14 GSX4 Performance Specifications Model Frame Stroke Screw Continuous Max Continuous Maximum Armature Dynamic Weight Size (nominal)* Lead Force Rating Velocity Motor Static Inertia** Load (approx.) in in in lb (N) in/sec Torque Load lb-in-s 2 Rating lb (mm) (mm) (mm) 1/2/3 stack (mm/sec) lb-in (N-m) lb (N) (Kg-m 2 ) lb (N) (Kg) GSX /3966/NA /78.9/NA (99) (15) (2.54) (1645/17642/NA) (127) (5.38/8.91/NA) (242) (.1717) (35141) (9.1) GSX /1983/NA /78.9/NA (99) (15) (5.8) (532/8821/NA) (254) (5.38/8.91/NA) (242) (.1717) (3692) (9.1) GSX /793/NA /78.9/NA (99) (15) (12.7) (2131/3527/NA) (635) (5.38/8.91/NA) (242) (.1717) (31271) (9.1) GSX /529/NA /78.9/NA (99) (15) (19.5) (1419/2353/NA) (953) (5.38/8.91/NA) (242) (.1717) (28179) (9.1) GSX /3966/NA /78.9/NA (99) (2) (2.54) (1645/17642/NA) (127) (5.38/8.91/NA) (242) (.1842) (35141) (1.9) GSX /1983/ /78.9/ (99) (2) (5.8) (532/8821/11975) (254) (5.38/8.91/12.1) (242) (.1842) (3692) (1.9) GSX /793/ /78.9/ (99) (2) (12.7) (2131/3527/4791) (635) (5.38/8.91/12.1) (242) (.1842) (31271) (1.9) GSX /529/ /78.9/ (99) (2) (19.5) (1419/2353/3194) (953) (5.38/8.91/12.1) (242) (.1842) (28179) (1.9) GSX /3966/NA /78.9/NA (99) (25) (2.54) (1645/17642/NA) (127) (5.38/8.91/NA) (242) (.1977) (35141) (12.7) GSX /1983/ /78.9/ (99) (25) (5.8) (532/8821/11975) (254) (5.38/8.91/12.1) (242) (.1977) (3692) (12.7) GSX /793/ /78.9/ (99) (25) (12.7) (2131/3527/4791) (635) (5.38/8.91/12.1) (242) (.1977) (31271) (12.7) GSX /529/ /78.9/ (99) (25) (19.5) (1419/2353/3194) (953) (5.38/8.91/12.1) (242) (.1977) (28179) (12.7) GSX /3966/NA /78.9/NA (99) (35) (2.54) (1645/17642/NA) (127) (5.38/8.91/NA) (242) (.212) (35141) (14.5) GSX /1983/ /8.9/ (99) (35) (5.8) (532/8821/11975) (254) (5.38/8.91/12.1) (242) (.212) (3692) (14.5) GSX /793/ /8.9/ (99) (35) (12.7) (2131/3527/4791) (635) (5.38/8.91/12.1) (242) (.212) (31271) (14.5) GSX /529/ /78.9/ (99) (35) (19.5) (1419/2353/3194) (953) (5.38/8.91/12.1) (242) (.212) (28179) (14.5) GSX /1983/ /78.9/ (99) (455) (5.8) (532/8821/11975) (254) (5.38/8.91/12.1) (242) (.2486) (3692) (2) GSX /793/ /78.9/ (99) (455) (12.7) (2131/3527/4791) (635) (5.38/8.91/12.1) (242) (.2486) (31271) (2) *Please note that stroke mm are nominal dimensions. **Inertia +/ 5% See page 12 for definition of terms. Specifications subject to change without notice. 11

15 GSX5 & GSX6 Performance Specifications Model Frame Stroke Screw Continuous Max Continuous Maximum Armature Dynamic Weight Size (nominal)* Lead Force Rating Velocity Motor Static Inertia** Load (approx.) in in in lb (N) in/sec Torque Load lb-in-s 2 Rating lb (mm) (mm) (mm) 1/2/3 stack (mm/sec) lb-in (N-m) lb (N) (Kg-m 2 ) lb (N) (Kg) GSX /8544/NA 4 12/17/NA (127) (15) (2.54) (2286/386/NA) (11.6) (11.5/19.2/NA) (58717) (.3662) (6986) (24) GSX Series GSX /4272/NA 8 12/17/NA (127) (15) (5.8) (1145/193/NA) (23) (11.5/19.2/NA) (58717) (.3662) (5873) (24) GSX /179/NA 2 12/17/NA (127) (15) (12.7) (4564/762/NA) (58) (11.5/19.2/NA) (58717) (.3662) (51848) (24) GSX /855/NA 4 12/17/NA (127) (15) (25.4) (2282/383/NA) (116) (11.5/19.2/NA (58717) (.3662) (2834) (24) GSX /8544/NA 4 12/17/NA (127) (25) (2.54) (2286/386/NA) (11.6) (11.5/19.2/NA) (58717) (.429) (6986) (28) GSX /4272/NA 8 12/17/NA (127) (25) (5.8) (1145/193/NA) (23) (11.5/19.2/NA) (58717) (.429) (5873) (28) GSX /179/ /17/ (127) (25) (12.7) (4564/762/157) (58) (11.5/19.2/25.5) (58717) (.429) (51848) (28) GSX /855/ /17/ (127) (25) (25.4) (2282/383/531) (116) (11.5/19.2/25.5) (58717) (.429) (2834) (28) GSX /4272/ /17/ (127) (355) (5.8) (1145/193/25155) (23) (11.5/19.2/25.5) (58717) (.4756) (5873) (32) GSX /179/ /17/ (127) (355) (12.7) (4564/762/157) (58) (11.5/19.2/25.5) (58717) (.4756) (51848) (32) GSX /NA/NA 1 241/NA/NA (178) (15) (6.35) (22677/NA/NA) (254) (27/NA/NA) (1112) (.19614) (11254) (31) GSX /NA/NA 2 241/NA/NA (178) (15) (12.7) (11339/NA/NA) (58) (27/NA/NA) (1112) (.19614) (1142) (31) GSX /NA/NA 4 241/NA/NA (178) (15) (25.4) (5671/NA/NA) (118) (27/NA/NA) (1112) (.19614) (9432) (31) GSX /8656/ /49/ (178) (25) (6.35) (22677/3854/5519) (254) (27/46/66) (1112) (.21953) (11254) (46) GSX /4328/ /49/ (178) (25) (12.7) (11339/19252/27557) (58) (27/46/66) (1112) (.21953) (1142) (46) GSX /2164/ /49/ (178) (25) (25.4) (5671/9626/13776) (118) (27/46/66) (1112) (.21953) (9432) (46) Definition of Terms Force Rating: The linear force produced by the actuator at continuous motor torque. Max Velocity: The linear velocity that the actuator will achieve at rated motor rpm. Continuous Motor Torque: Torque produced by the motor at rated continuous current. Maximum Static Load: The mechanical load limit of the actuator if re-circulated oil or other cooling method is used to allow higher than rated torque from the motor. Armature Inertia: The rotary inertia of the armature of the GSX Series actuators. For calculation purposes, this value includes the screw inertia in a GSX actuator. Dynamic Load Rating: A design constant used in calculating the estimated travel life of the roller screw. The cubic mean load is the load at which the device will perform one million revolutions. GSX offers 1, 2, or 3 stack stators providing 3 torque force levels. *Please note that stroke mm are nominal dimensions. **Inertia +/ 5% See above for definition of terms. Specifications subject to change without notice. 12

16 GSX2 Mechanical and Electrical Specifications Nominal Backlash in (mm).4 (.1) Maximum Backlash (pre-loaded) in (mm). Lead Accuracy in/ft (mm/3 mm).1 (.25) Maximum Radial Load lb (N) 2 (9) Environmental Rating: Standard / Optional IP65/67 Motor Stator * 338* 358* 368* RMS Sinusoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) (.86) (.83) (.79) (.79) (1.35) (1.3) (1.27) (1.28) (1.73) (1.73) (1.67) (1.69) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 25 C) (Nm/A) (.28) (.59) (.94) (1.7) (.28) (.59) (1.) (1.15) (.26) (.6) (.99) (1.15) Continuous Current Rating: Greased (IG) A Oiled (IL) A Peak Current Rating Amps Trapezoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) (.82) (.79) (.76) (.76) (1.29) (1.24) (1.21) (1.22) (1.66) (1.65) (1.6) (1.61) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 25 C) (Nm/A) (.22) (.46) (.73) (.84) (.22) (.46) (.78) (.89) (.21) (.46) (.77) (.89) Continuous Current Rating: Greased (IG) A Oiled (IL) A Peak Current Rating Amps Motor Stator Data Voltage Constant (Ke) Vrms/krpm (+/ 25 C) Vpk/kprm Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L) (+/ 25 C) Ohms Inductance (L-L)(+/ 15%) mh Brake Inertia lbf-in-sec (Kg-cm 2 ) (.28) (.28) (.28) (.28) (.28) (.28) (.28) (.28) (.28) (.28) (.28) (.28) Brake 24 Vdc A Brake Holding Torque - Dry lbf-in (Nm) 24 (2.71) 24 (2.71) 24 (2.71) 24 (2.71) 24 (2.71) 24 (2.71) 24 (2.71) 24 (2.71) 24 (2.71) 24 (2.71) 24 (2.71) 24 (2.71) Brake Holding Torque - Oil Lubricated lbf-in (Nm) 8 (.9) 8 (.9) 8 (.9) 8 (.9) 8 (.9) 8 (.9) 8 (.9) 8 (.9) 8 (.9) 8 (.9) 8 (.9) 8 (.9) Brake Engage/Disengage Time ms 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 Mechanical Time Constant (tm),ms min max Electrical Time Constant (te) ms Damping Constant lbf-in/krpm (Nm/krpm) (.6) (.6) (.6) (.6) (.6) (.6) (.6) (.6) (.6) (.6) (.6) (.6) Friction Torque lbf-in (Nm) (.11) (.11) (.11) (.11) (.11) (.11) (.11) (.11) (.11) (.11) (.11) (.11) Bus Voltage Vrms Bus Voltage rpm Motor Wire Insulation Class 18 H Motor Stator Rating Class 18 H Thermal Switch Case Temperature C 1 Standard Connectors (O-option) Motor MS-3112-E16-8P Feedback MS-3112-E14-18P Brake MS-3112-E12-8P All ratings at 25 degrees Celsius For amplifiers with peak sinusoidal commutation Kt = Ktrms(.77), Ic = Icrms/(.77), Ipk = Ipkrms/(.77) *The 3 stack motor is not available with the.1 inch lead GSX2. The 3 stack lamination fits only the 6 inch and longer GSX2. The GSX2-3 can only accommodate the 1 or 2 stack. Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 1 x 1 x 1/4 Specifications subject to change without notice. GSX2 13

17 GSX3 Mechanical and Electrical Specifications GSX3 Nominal Backlash in (mm).4 (.1) Maximum Backlash (pre-loaded) in (mm). Lead Accuracy in/ft (mm/3 mm).1 (.25) Maximum Radial Load lb (N) 3 (134) Environmental Rating: Standard / Optional IP65/67 Motor Stator * 338* 358** 368* RMS Sinusoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) (1.88) (1.87) (1.77) (1.78) (3.3) (3.3) (3.2) (3.1) (4.38) (4.33) (4.1) (4.1) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 25 C) (Nm/A) (.49) (.99) (1.75) (1.98) (.49) (.99) (1.75) (1.98) (.5) (.98) (1.77) (1.98) Continuous Current Rating: Greased (IG) A Oiled (IL) A Peak Current Rating Amps Trapezoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) (1.79) (1.78) (1.69) (1.7) (2.89) (2.89) (2.88) (2.88) (4.18) (4.13) (3.91) (3.92) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 25 C) (Nm/A) (.39) (.77) (1.37) (1.54) (.39) (.77) (1.37) (1.54) (.39) (.76) 1.38 (1.55) Continuous Current Rating: Greased (IG) A Oiled (IL) A Peak Current Rating Amps Motor Stator Data Voltage Constant (Ke) Vrms/krpm (+/ 25 C) Vpk/kprm Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L)(+/ 25 C) Ohms Inductance (L-L)(+/ 15%) mh Brake Inertia lbf-in-sec (Kg-cm 2 ) (.136) (.136) (.136) (.136) (.136) (.136) (.136) (.136) (.136) (.136) (.136) (.136) Brake 24 Vdc A Brake Holding Torque - Dry lbf-in (Nm) 78 (8.81) 78 (8.81) 78 (8.81) 78 (8.81) 78 (8.81) 78 (8.81) 78 (8.81) 78 (8.81) 78 (8.81) 78 (8.81) 78 (8.81) 78 (8.81) Brake Holding Torque - Oil Lubricated lbf-in (Nm) 26 (2.94) 26 (2.94) 26 (2.94) 26 (2.94) 26 (2.94) 26 (2.94) 26 (2.94) 26 (2.94) 26 (2.94) 26 (2.94) 26 (2.94) 26 (2.94) Brake Engage/Disengage Time ms 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 Mechanical Time Constant (tm),ms min max Electrical Time Constant (te) ms Damping Constant lbf-in/krpm (Nm/krpm) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) Friction Torque lbf-in (Nm) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) Bus Voltage Vrms Bus Voltage rpm Motor Wire Insulation Class 18 H Motor Stator Rating Class 18 H Thermal Switch Case Temperature C 1 Standard Connectors (O-option) Motor MS-3112-E16-8P Feedback MS-3112-E14-18P Brake MS-3112-E12-8P GSX Series All ratings at 25 degrees Celsius For amplifiers with peak sinusoidal commutation Kt = Ktrms(.77), Ic = Icrms/(.77), Ipk = Ipkrms/(.77) *The 3 stack motor is not available with the.1 inch lead GSX2. The 3 stack lamination fits only the 6 inch and longer GSX2. The GSX2-3 can only accommodate the 1 or 2 stack. Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 1 x 1 x 3/8 Specifications subject to change without notice. 14

18 GSX4 Mechanical and Electrical Specifications GSX4 Nominal Backlash in (mm).4 (.1) Maximum Backlash (pre-loaded) in (mm). Lead Accuracy in/ft (mm/3 mm).1 (.25) Maximum Radial Load lb (N) 4 (179) Environmental Rating: Standard / Optional IP65/67 Motor Stator * 358* 368* RMS Sinusoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) (5.38) (5.37) (5.5) (5.14) (8.91) (8.91) (9.) (12.1) (11.92) (12.1) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 25 C) (Nm/A) (.46) (.93) 1.65 (1.9) (.93) (1.65) (1.9) (.95) (1.65) (1.9) Continuous Current Rating: Greased (IG) A Oiled (IL) A Peak Current Rating Amps Trapezoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) (5.14) (5.13) (4.83) (4.91) (8.51) (8.5) (8.6) (11.56) (11.38) (11.56) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 25 C) (Nm/A) (.36) (.72) (1.28) (1.48) (.72) (1.28) (1.48) (.74) (1.28) (1.48) Continuous Current Rating: Greased (IG) A Oiled (IL) A Peak Current Rating Amps Motor Stator Data Voltage Constant (Ke) Vrms/krpm (+/ 25 C) Vpk/kprm Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L) (+/ 25 C) Ohms Inductance (L-L) (+/ 15%) mh Brake Inertia lbf-in-sec ( Kg-cm 2 ) (2.12) (2.12) (2.12) (2.12) (2.12) (2.12) (2.12) (2.12) (2.12) (2.12) Brake 24 Vdc A Brake Holding Torque - Dry lbf-in (Nm) 12 (13.56) 12 (13.56) 12 (13.56) 12 (13.56) 12 (13.56) 12 (13.56) 12 (13.56) 12 (13.56) 12 (13.56) 12 (13.56) Brake Holding Torque - Oil Lubricated lbf-in (Nm) 4 (4.52) 4 (4.52) 4 (4.52) 4 (4.52) 4 (4.52) 4 (4.52) 4 (4.52) 4 (4.52) 4 (4.52) 4 (4.52) Brake Engage/Disengage Time ms 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 Mechanical Time Constant (tm),ms min max Electrical Time Constant (te) ms Damping Constant lbf-in/krpm (Nm/krpm) (.37) (.37) (.37) (.37) (.37) (.37) (.37) (.37) (.37) (.37) Friction Torque lbf-in (Nm) (.51) (.51) (.51) (.51) (.51) (.51) (.51) (.51) (.51) (.51) Bus Voltage Vrms Bus Voltage rpm Motor Wire Insulation Class 18 H Motor Stator Rating Class 18 H Thermal Switch Case Temperature C 1 Standard Connectors (O-option) Motor MS-312-E2-15P Feedback MS-3112-E14-18P Brake MS-3112-E12-8P All ratings at 25 degrees Celsius For amplifiers with peak sinusoidal commutation Kt = Ktrms(.77), Ic = Icrms/(.77), Ipk = Ipkrms/(.77) *The 3 stack motor is not available with the.1 inch lead GSX2. The 3 stack lamination fits only the 6 inch and longer GSX2. The GSX2-3 can only accommodate the 1 or 2 stack. Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 12 x 12 x 1/2 Specifications subject to change without notice. 15

19 GSX5 Mechanical and Electrical Specifications GSX5 Nominal Backlash in (mm).4 (.1) Maximum Backlash (preloaded) in mm. Lead Accuracy in/ft (m/3 mm).1 (.25) Maximum Radial Load lb (N) 75 (337) Environmental Rating: Standard IP65 Motor Stator * 368* RMS Sinusoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) (12.7) (11.8) (12.) (2.25) (2.13) (2.2) (26.71) (26.83) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 25 C) (Nm/A) (1.33) (2.28) (2.66) (1.33) (2.28) (2.66) (2.28) (2.7) Continuous Current Rating: Greased (IG) A Oiled (IL) A Peak Current Rating Amps Trapeziodal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) (11.53) (11.26) (11.46) (19.34) (19.22) (19.12) (25.51) (25.62) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 25 C) (Nm/A) (1.4) (1.77) (2.7) (1.4) (1.77) (2.7) (1.77) (2.11) Continuous Current Rating: Greased (IG) A Oiled (IL) A Peak Current Rating Amps Motor Stator Data Voltage Constant (Ke) Vrms/krpm (+/ 25 C) Vpk/krpm Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L) (+/ 25 C) Ohm Inductance (L-L) (+/ 15%) mh Brake Inertia lbf-in-sec (Kg-cm 2 ) (9.5) (9.5) (9.5) (9.5) (9.5) (9.5) (9.5) (9.5) Brake Current at 24 VDC A Brake Holding Torque - Dry lbf-in (Nm) (39.99) (39.99) (39.99) (39.99) (39.99) (39.99) (39.99) (39.99) Brake Engage/Disengage Time ms 25/73 25/73 25/73 25/73 25/73 25/73 25/73 25/73 Mechanical Time Constant (tm) ms min Max Electrical Time Constant (te) ms Damping Constant lbf-in/krpm (Nm/krpm) (.79) (.79) (.79) (.79) (.79) (.79) (.79) (.79) Friction Torque lbf-in (Nm) (.9) (.9) (.9) (.9) (.9) (.9) (.9) (.9) Bus Voltage Vrms Bus Voltage rpm Motor Wire Insulation Class 18 H Motor Stator Rating Class 18 H Thermal Switch Case Temperature C 1 Standard Connectors (O-option) Motor MS-312-E2-15P Feedback MS-3112_E14-18P Brake MS-3112-E12-8P GSX Series For amplifiers with peak sinusoidal commutation Kt = Ktrms(.77), Ic = Icrms/(.77), Ipk = Ipkrms/(.77) *The 3 stack lamination fits only the 1 inch or longer GSX5 Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 12 x 12 x 1/2 Specifications subject to change without notice. 16

20 GSX6 Mechanical and Electrical Specifications GSX6 Nominal Backlash in (mm).4 (.1) Maximum Backlash (pre-loaded) in (mm). Lead Accuracy in/ft (mm/3 mm).1 (.25) Maximum Radial Load lb (N) 1 (445) Environmental Rating: Standard / Optional IP65 Motor Stator RMS Sinusoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) (28.53) (28.23) (28.53) (47.99) (47.79) (48.3) (68.26) (69.49) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 25 C) (Nm/A) (1.42) (2.46) (2.84) (1.42) (2.46) (2.84) (2.42) (2.84) Continuous Current Rating: Greased (IG) A Oiled (IL) A Peak Current Rating Amps Trapezoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) (27.25) (26.96) (27.25) (45.83) (45.65) (46.13) (65.19) (66.35) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 25 C) (Nm/A) (1.11) (1.92) (2.22) (1.11) (1.92) (2.22) (1.88) (2.22) Continuous Current Rating:Greased (IG) A Oiled (IL) A Peak Current Rating Amps Motor Stator Voltage Constant (Ke) Vrms/kprm (+/ 25 C) Vpk/krpm Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L) (+/ 25 C) Ohms Inductance (L-L) (+/ 15%) mh Brake Inertia lbf-in-sec (Kg-cm 2 ) (18.86) (18.86) (18.86) (18.86) (18.86) (18.86) (18.86) (18.86) Brake Current at 24 VDC Amps Brake Holding Torque - Dry lbf-in (Nm) 6 (67.8) 6 (67.8) 6 (67.8) 6 (67.8) 6 (67.8) 6 (67.8) 6 (67.8) 6 (67.8) Brake Holding Torque - Oil Lubricated lbf-in (Nm) 375 (42.38) 375 (42.38) 375 (42.38) 375 (42.38) 375 (42.38) 375 (42.38) 375 (42.38) 375 (42.38) Brake Engage/Disengage Time ms 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 25/5 Mechanical Time Constant (tm), ms min max Electrical Time Constant (te), ms Damping Constant lbf-in/krpm (Nm/krpm) (3.16) (3.16) (3.16) (3.16) (3.16) (3.16) (3.16) (3.16) Friction Torque lbf-in/krpm (Nm/krpm) (4.52) (4.52) (4.52) (4.52) (4.52) (4.52) (4.52) (4.52) Bus Voltage Vrms Bus Voltage rpm Motor Wire Insulation Class 18 H Motor Stator Rating Class 18 H Thermal Switch Case Temperature C 1 Standard Connectors (O-option) Motor MS-312-E24-1P Feedback MS-3112_E14-18P Brake MS-3112-E12-8P For amplifiers with peak sinusoidal commutation Kt = Ktrms(.77), Ic = Icrms/(.77), Ipk = Ipkrms/(.77) Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 16 x 16 x 1 Specifications subject to change without notice. 17

21 GSX Series System Configuration GSX Series actuators include an integrated brushless servo motor. Exlar s unique design gives users a variety of the feed- back configuration options so GSX units can be powered by almost any brushless motor amplifier on the market. This flexibility means GSX actuators can be incorporated into today s highest performance single and multi-axis motion control systems. In anything from food and beverage packaging, to multi-axis turning centers, to aircraft assembly, GSX Series units show incredible performance and durability. The schematic below shows the typical connections for a single axis system with actuator and servo amplifier. GSX Series Typical Servo Amplifier To line power I/O Connections Brake Cable Motor Feedback Cable Motor Power Cable Motor and Power connections Feedback Connections Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 18

22 GSX Series Cable and Connector Selection This section provides you with cable part numbers for operation of your GSX Series actuators with both Exlar s and other manufacturers servo drives. The "O" connector option on the GSX Series of actuators provides for an actuator with Exlar s standard MS style connectors, compatible with Exlar s standard cables. The "M" connector option on the GSX series of actuators provides for an actuator configured with connectors that allow the end user to purchase the feedback cable or power and feedback cables from the manufacturer of their servo amplifier, thus eliminating the headaches and confusion that can arise from power and feedback wiring. Depending on actuator size, voltage, and cable availability from the amplifier manufacturer, some cables must be obtained from Exlar. For amplifier manufacturers who use standard style military connectors, with molded and shielded cables, the feedback cable can be purchased from the amplifier manufacturer, and the power cable purchased from Exlar. The Exlar power cables with the PCx-MC-xxx model numbers are molded and shielded and provide a good match with the cables provided by the amplifier manufacturer. For some amplifier manufacturers who utilize a different style of connector, when the "M" option is available from Exlar, both the connectors will be configured to allow the feedback and power cables to be purchased from the amplifier manufacturer. Consult Exlar for details on all connector configurations. Cables For Actuators With Exlar Standard O Connections Power Connector- Standard Exlar Cables ization Description Power Cable GSX2 O Standard Power, Molded, Shielded PC1-MC-xxx GSX3 E Standard Power, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded PC1-EC-xxx GSX4 O Standard Power, Molded, Shielded PC7-MC-xxx GSX5 O Standard Power, Anodized PC7-AC-xxx E Standard Power, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded PC7-EC-xxx GSX6 O Standard Power, Anodized PC3-AC-xxx E Standard Power, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded PC3-EC-xxx Feedback Standard Exlar Cables Feedback Cable GSX2 O Standard Resolver Feedback, Anodized RC1-AC-xxx GSX3 O Standard Encoder Feedback, Anodized EC1-AC-xxx E Standard Resolver Feedback, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded RC1-EC-xxx E Standard Encoder Feedback, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded EC1-EC-xxx GSX4 O Standard Resolver Feedback, Anodized RC1-AC-xxx GSX5 O Standard Encoder Feedback, Anodized EC1-AC-xxx E Standard Resolver Feedback, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded RC1-EC-xxx E Standard Encoder Feedback, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded EC1-EC-xxx GSX6 O Standard Resolver Feedback, Anodized RC1-AC-xxx O Standard Encoder Feedback, Anodized EC1-AC-xxx E Standard Resolver Feedback, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded RC1-EC-xxx E Standard Encoder Feedback, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded EC1-EC-xxx Brake Standard Exlar Cables Brake Cable GSX2 O Standard Brake Cable, Anodized BC1-AC-xxx GSX3 E Standard Brake Cable, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded BC1-EC-xxx GSX4 O Standard Brake Cable, Anodized BC1-AC-xxx GSX5 E Standard Brake Cable, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded BC1-EC-xxx GSX6 O Standard Brake Cable, Anodized BC1-AC-xxx E Standard Brake Cable, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded BC1-EC-xxx Specifications subject to change without notice. 19

23 Cables For Actuators With M Connectors (standard lengths of 15, 25 and 5 ) Amplifier Exlar Power Power Feedback Feedback Exlar Manufacturer Feedback Cable Cable Cable Cable Actuator and Type Callout Manufacturer Part Number Manufacturer Part Number GSX2 Allen Bradley AB1 Exlar PCI-MC-xxx Allen Bradley xxx GSX3 Ultra 1/2 Allen Bradley AB7* Allen Bradley 29-UXNPAMP-16Sxx Allen Bradley 29-UXNFBMP-Sxx Ultra 3/5 Allen Bradley AB4/AB5* Allen Bradley 29-UXNPAMP-16Sxx Allen Bradley 29-UXNFBMP-Sxx** Ultra 3/5 Control Techniques En, EM2 Control Techniques CMDS-xxx Control CFCS-xxx Epsilon and MDS Series Techniques Kollmorgen Servo Star KM1 Kollmorgen CSSSRHA1H-xxx Kollmorgen CSSSRHA1H-xxx & Servo Star CD (set includes feedback cable) (set includes power cable) Kollmorgen KM5/KM2 Kollmorgen CSSSRHG1H-xxx Kollmorgen CSSSRHG1H-xxx Servo Star 6 (set includes feedback cable) (set includes power cable) Kollmorgen KM3/KM4 Kollmorgen CSSSS3HG2H-xxx Kollmorgen CSSSS3HG2H-xxx Servo Star 6 set includes feedback cable) (set includes power cable) Bosch/Rexroth Indramat IN1 Bosch/Rexroth IKG477, IKG417, IKG49, IKG48 Bosch/Rexroth IKS41 DKC Series, ECO Drive Indramat depending on Indramat amplifier Indramat Bosch/Rexroth Indramat IN2 Bosch/Rexroth IKG477, IKG417, IKG49, IKG48 Bosch/Rexroth IKS41 DKC Series, ECO Drive Indramat depending on Indramat amplifier Indramat Bosch/Rexroth Indramat IN4/IN3 Bosch/Rexroth IKG49 Bosch/Rexroth IKS4374 DKC Series, ECO Drive Indramat Indramat Bosch/Rexroth Indramat IN1 Bosch/Rexroth IKG477 Bosch/Rexroth IKS41 DIAX Series Indramat Indramat Bosch/Rexroth Indramat IN2 Bosch/Rexroth IKG477 Bosch/Rexroth IKS41 DIAX Series Indramat Indramat Bosch/Rexroth Indramat IN3 Bosch/Rexroth IKG477 Bosch/Rexroth IKS4374 DIAX Series Indramat Indramat Parker Compumotor PC3 Exlar PC6-MC-xxx Parker XX Gemini Series Compumotor Yaskawa Sigma II Series YS3 Yaskawa B1E-xxA Yaskawa JZSP-CMP2-XX(B) (3 inch and smaller motors 1/2VAC) Yaskawa Sigma II Series YS3 Yaskawa BAE-xxA Yaskawa JZSP-CMP2-XX(B) (3 inch and smaller motors 4VAC) GSX Series GSX4 Allen Bradley AB1 Exlar PC7-MC-xxx Allen Bradley xxx GSX5 Ultra 1/2 Allen Bradley AB7* Allen Bradley 29-UXNPAMP-14Sxx GSX4 only Allen Bradley 29-UXNFBMP-Sxx Ultra 3/5 29-UXNPAMP-1Sxx GSX5 only Allen Bradley AB4/AB5* Allen Bradley 29-UXNPAMP-14Sxx GSX4 only Allen Bradley 29-UXNFBMP-Sxx** Ultra 3/5 29-UXNPAMP-1Sxx GSX5 only Control Techniques En, EM2 Control Techniques CMMS-xxx Control CFCS-XXX Epsilon and MDS Series Techniques Kollmorgen Servo Star KM1 Kollmorgen CSSSRHA2H-xxx Kollmorgen CSSSRHA2H-xxx & Servo Star CD (set includes feedback cable) (set includes power cable) Kollmorgen KM5/KM2 Kollmorgen CSSSRHG2H-xxx Kollmorgen CSSSRHG2H-xxx Servo Star 6 (set includes feedback cable) (set includes power cable) Kollmorgen KM4/KM3 Kollmorgen CSSSS3HG2H-xxx Kollmorgen CSSSS3HG2H-xxx Servo Star 6 (set includes feedback cable) (set includes power cable) Bosch/Rexroth IN1 Bosch/Rexroth IKG49 Bosch/Rexroth IKS41 Indramat DKC Series, ECO Drive Indramat Indramat Bosch/Rexroth IN2 Bosch/Rexroth IKG49 Bosch/Rexroth IKS41 Indramat DKC Series, ECO Drive Indramat Indramat Bosch/Rexroth IN3/IN4 Bosch/Rexroth IKG49 Bosch/Rexroth IKS4374 Indramat DKC Series, ECO Drive Indramat Indramat Bosch/Rexroth IN1 Bosch/Rexroth IKG477 Bosch/Rexroth IKS41 Indramat DIAX Series Indramat Indramat Bosch/Rexroth IN2 Bosch/Rexroth IKG477 Bosch/Rexroth IKS41 Indramat DIAX Series Indramat Indramat Bosch/Rexroth IN3 Bosch/Rexroth IKG477 Bosch/Rexroth IKS4374 Indramat DIAX Series Indramat Indramat Parker Compumotor PC3 Exlar PC7-MC-xxx Parker XX Gemini Series Compumotor Yaskawa Sigma II Series YS2 Yaskawa B1E-xxA Yaskawa JZSP-CMP2-XX(B) (4 inch and larger motors 1/2VAC) Yaskawa Sigma II Series YS2 Yaskawa BAE-xxA Yaskawa JZSP-CMP2-XX(B) (4 inch and larger motors 4VAC) GSX6 As in tables As in tables Exlar PC3-AC-xxx As in tables As in tables above for above for above for above for GSX4/GSX5 GSX4/GSX5 GSX4/GSX5 GSX4/GSX5 Allen Bradley AB4/AB5/AB7* Allen Bradley 29-UXNPAMP-1Sxx Allen Bradley 29-UXNFBMP-Sxx Ultra 3/5 * Brake Cable AB4/AB5 and AB7, 29-UXNPBMP-18Sxx ** Exlar Corporation uses absolute encoders for AB4 and AB5 configurations that are powered by 5 VDC. A customer not using Allen-Bradley s universal feedback cable referenced here, must make provisions such that the wiring scheme provides connectivity according to Allen-Bradley s wiring requirments for 5 VDC encoder power from the amplifier to the encoder. 2

24 High Power/Minimal Maintenance Operation Guidelines Exlar GSX series actuators can be lubricated with either grease or oil. All are shipped from the factory fully greased and are capable of functioning for many thousands of hours between re-greasings. Typically, greased lubrication is preferred for lower speed or intermittent duty applications. In these situations, you simply mount the actuator, connect the servo amplifier, and run. However, many GSX Series actuators are deployed into applications involving high speed, high force, or both. To provide the cooling required when operating at these high power levels and/or to eliminate periodic re-greasing, all GSX units have another built-in feature. They are designed with an internal circulation path and the portings necessary for customers to convert from grease by connecting a recirculation oil system. This feature makes GSX units the only all-electric actuators on the market capable of true continuous-duty performance in moderate and high power applications when heat is an issue. The conversion to externally supplied oil is simple. Identify which port will be lowest when the actuator is mounted. That will become the oil supply side. (For optimum cooling it is important that GSX actuators are mounted so the highside port is at least above the unit s centerline, preferably in the top quarter region. This assures that the stator windings receive the oil s cooling benefits.) Just connect your oil lines and you re done. Residual grease will be flushed out and filtered during initial operation. A typical oil cooling system is shown below. Whenever application requirements are such that the RMS current requirement exceeds the continuous current rating of the GSX motor, oil cooling should be used to keep case temperatures below their 85 C maximum specification. For very high speed applications, consult Exlar for oil routing recommendations. Simple Oil System Schematic As shown in the schematic to the left, a check valve or other method of pressure regulation should be used to maintain an internal actuator oil pressure of 5 psi. Filtering of 25 microns or better should be used. Simple radiators or heat exchangers can be used to maintain oil temperature. Locate oil system as close to actuator as possible. Use as large as possible oil line to minimize any possibility of flow restriction. Radiator/ Heat Exchanger 5 psi Check Valve Oil Reservoir Oil Pump Flow Direction Oil Filter 1/2 psi Check Valve 25 µ or better Exlar recommends the use of petroleum based gear oils with EP additive. An ISO 1 grade is suitable for most applications. Examples of this type of oil are: Mobil Mobilgear, Exxon Spartan EP, Shell Omala and Texaco Meropa. Oils meeting the FDA s food grade specifications are also available such as Mobil DTE FM

25 Oil Cooling and Lubrication Oil lubrication will extend the life of the actuator and improve its effi- C x Gal Actuator Load Constants: K L = ( ) ciency. More importantly, oil is required in high power applications for cooling. In applications where the RMS current exceeds I G (see electrical specs on pages 13-17), oil lubrication is required in order Hour to maintain the case temperature below its maximum of 85 C 1. When such oil lubrication is required, you can determine oil flow rates and case temperatures from this information: Application Load Factor: F L GSX Series K L GSX2 = 4 K L GSX3 = 7 K L GSX4 = 95 K L GSX5 = 125 K L GSX6 = 26 F L = ( ) I rms I G 2 Where: I rms = actual application current I G = actuator current rating from specifications (see pages 13-17) Use this relationship to determine oil flow requirements: W W= K L F L T Where T = T CASE T OIL Consider The Following Examples: CASE 1: A GSX3-238 requires 4 amps of RMS current to perform the required application. The incoming oil temperature is 45 C, and we desire to maintain the actuator at it s maximum case temperature of 85 C. F L = (4/3.4) 2 = 1.38 W = [(1.38 x 7)/(85 45)] = GAL / HOUR CASE 2: A GS45 requires 12 amps of RMS current to perform the required application. The incoming oil temperature is 45 C, and we desire to maintain the actuator at it s maximum case temperature of 85 C. F L = ( 12/8 ) 2 = 2.25 W = [( 2.25*125 ) / (85 45)] = 7. GAL / HOUR 1. GSX Series actuators can be ordered with features that allow them to achieve case temperatures of 15 C. Inquire with Exlar s application engineers or local representative for details. 22

26 GSX Series Linear Actuator Anti-rotation Option The unique design of the GSX Series of linear actuators permits the extending rod to rotate. This simplifies actuator setup by allowing the user to rotate the rod and thread it in and out of the actuator for mechanical attachment or system testing. However, this feature also requires that once setup and testing are completed, the rod be kept from rotating so proper linear motion will be maintained. In most applications the actuator s load is coupled to linear bearings, or some other support device. In these cases the load cannot rotate, and a separate anti-rotation system is not needed. For applications in which the load is free to rotate, Exlar offers the anti-rotation systems shown below. Shorter GSX units use an anti-rotation arm on one side of the actuator. Longer strokes (defined above right) use rods on both sides. Anti-rotation Option GSX2, GSX3, GSX4 and GSX6 Dims in inches (mm) GSX2 GSX3 GSX4 GSX6 2. (5.8) øh A.6 (15.2).79 (2.1) 1.25 (31.8) 1.75 (44.5) B 1.81 (46.) 2.54 (64.5) 3.78 (96.) 5.79 (147) C.54 (13.7).71 (18.).98 (24.9) 1.55 (39.4) D 1. (25.4) 1.3 (33.) 1.64 (41.7) 1.94 (49.3) E.44 (11.2).44 (11.2).63 (16.).75 (19.1) F.28 (7.11).32 (8.13).38 (9.65).5 (12.7) G.31 (7.87) 1.69 (42.9) 1.69 (42.9) 2.81 (71.4) øh.37 (9.4).5 (12.7).5 (12.7) 1. (25.4) Anti-rotation Option GSX (12.65) G E.75 (19.1) D F 2.13 (54.1) A B For longer strokes a second Anti-Rotate arm is used. Longer strokes are: GSX2, 12 inch GSX3, 1 inch and longer. GSX4, 12 inch and longer GSX6, 1 inch only and uses a single sided Anti-Rotate. C 2.5 (63.5) 3.84 (97.5) R1.9 (R27.7) 2.38 (6.5) ø1. (25.4) Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 23

27 GSX Series Travel Options PF = Preloaded Follower This option offers a true zero backlash follower for the GSX Series actuator. The dynamic load rating of zero backlash, preloaded screws is 63% of the dynamic load rating of the standard non-preloaded screws. The calculated travel life of a preloaded screw will be 25% of the calculated travel life of the same size and lead of a non-preloaded screw for the same application. Preloaded follower is not available with absolute internal feedback option. EB = Electric Brake This option provides an internal holding brake for the GSX6 actuator. The brake is spring activated and electrically released. GSX Series RB = Rear Electric Brake This option provides an internal holding brake for the GSX2, GSX3, GSX4 and GSX5 actuators. The brake is spring activated and electrically released. AR = External Anti-rotate Assembly This option provides a rod and bushing to restrict the actuator rod from rotating when the load is not held by another method. Shorter actuators have single sided anti-rotation attachments. Longer lengths require attachments on both sides for proper operation. XT = Special Travel Option Selections The XT Option can be used to specify various special travel options on the GSX Series of Linear Actuators. Because this option can be used to specify many things, it is important that an order including the -XT option spell out in detail, the exact options being selected by the including of the -XT in the model number. It is recommended that prior to ordering an actuator including the -XT specifier that a quote be obtained through Exlar s special products application engineers for the desired options, and that quote be referenced on, or included with any order placed. Descriptions: Protective Bellows High Temp Protective Bellows Splined Main Rod Manual Drive Handwheel This option provides an accordion style protective bellows to protect the main actuator rod from damage due to abrasives or other contaminants in the environment in which the actuator must survive. The standard material of this bellows is neoprene coated nylon. This standard bellows is rated for environmental temperatures of -54 degrees to 121 degrees Celsius. Longer strokes may require the main rod of the actuator to be extended beyond standard length. Consult Exlar applications engineers for details. This option provides an accordion style protective bellows to protect the main actuator rod from damage due to abrasives or other contaminants in the environment in which the actuator must survive. The high temperature material of this bellows is silicone coated fiberglass. This standard bellows is rated for environmental temperatures of -73 degrees to 288 degrees Celsius. Longer strokes may require the main rod of the actuator to be extended beyond standard length. Consult Exlar applications engineers for details. This option provides a main rod manufactured of ball spline shafting, and the front seal and bushing assembly replaced with a ball spline nut to provide the anti-rotate function without using an external mechanism. Rod diameters are the closest metric equivalents to standard Exlar rod sizes. This option is NOT sealed in any way. This option is not suitable for any environment in which contaminants come in contact with the actuator, and may enter the actuator. This option provides for a manual drive handwheel on the side of the actuator. The handwheel has a engagement/disengagement lever which allows for disengagement of the handwheel during operation. This engagement/disengagement lever is not tied to the operation of the motor and requires that the user guarantee its disengagement before operating the motor. Not available on GSX2. L1, L2, L3 = Adjustable External Travel Switches This option allows up to 3 external switches to be included with the GSX Series Actuator. These switches provide travel indication to the controller and are adjustable (must purchase anti-rotate for this option). See page 32 for details. XL =Non-Standard Lubrication This option provides for indication in the model number that the customer has specified a lubrication other than the standard provided by Exlar. 24

28 Motor Speed Designators All Exlar T-LAM motors and actuators carry a standard motor speed designator as defined below. This is representative of the standard base speed of the motor, for the selected bus voltage. Designator Base Speed Actuator/Motor Series -5 5 rpm GSX2-3 3 rpm GSX3, GSX rpm GSX5, GSX Special Speed, Consult Exlar If the model number is created and the location for the motor speed designator is left blank, this is the base speed to which each motor will be manufactured. The model number can also be created including this standard speed designator. Exlar also provides the flexibility to manufacture all of its T-LAM products with special base speeds to match the customer s exact application requirements. This may be a higher than standard speed motor, or lower base speed than standard which will allow the customer to get the required torque, at a speed optimized to their application, and use the minimum amount of current from their amplifier. The call out for a special speed is configured in the model number by using a two digit code from These numbers represent the number, in hundreds, of RPM that will be the base speed for the particular motor. For example, an GSX OSM-AD motor that normally has a 3 rpm standard winding, can be changed to a 33 rpm winding by changing the -3, to a -33. It can be changed to a 5 rpm winding by changing the -3 to a -5. Changing this speed designator will change the ratings of the motor, and these must be obtained from Exlar applications engineers. Also, it is not possible to produce every possible speed from -1 to -99 for each motor at each voltage so please contact Exlar applications engineers for confirmation of the speed that is desired for the application. Absolute Linear Feedback Options LT = LVDT (VRVT) including conditioner This option provides for an actuator containing an internally mounted LVDT (VRVT) transducer spanning the full stroke of the actuator. Inquire with Exlar engineering for details and conditioner output preference. Motor Options GSX motor options are described with a 3 digit code. The first digit calls out the stack length, the second the rated bus voltage, and the third the number of poles of the motor. Refer to the mechanical/electrical specifications for motor torque and actuator rated force. 118 = 1 stack, 115 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 138 = 1 stack, 23 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 158 = 1 stack, 4 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 168 = 1 stack, 46 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 218 = 2 stack, 115 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 238 = 2 stack, 23 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 258 = 2 stack, 4 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 268 = 2 stack, 46 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 318 = 3 stack, 115 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 338 = 3 stack, 23 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 358 = 3 stack, 4 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 368 = 3 stack, 46 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H Rod End Attachments Rear Clevis Pin Spherical Rod Eye Rod Eye Rod Clevis See drawings on pages Attachments ordered separate from actuator. Housing Options FG = Food Grade Epoxy This option provides for an actuator coated with FDA approved white epoxy. EN = Electroless Nickel Plating This option provides for an actuator with electroless nickel plating. SS = Stainless Steel Housing This option provides an actuator with all stainless steel construction. Housing dimensions for this option are not equal to the standard housing. Please inquire with Exlar for dimensions. HC = Type III Hard Coat Anodized, Class 1 This option provides an actuator with type III hard coat anodized coating. Class 1, no dye. XH = Special Housing Option Any housing option that is not designated by the above codes should be listed as XH and described at time of order. All special options must be discussed with Exlar engineering. 25

29 GSX2 Single, Double Side Mounts or Extended Tie Rod Mount 2.24 [56.9] ø2.546 [64.7] B.C. Single Side Mount On This Side ø [38.1 ] [25.4].75 [19.1].144 [3.66] ø [ ] x.25 Deep (Double Side Mount Only) 1. [25.4] GSX Series 2.24 [56.9] 1.12 [28.45] 1. Three mounting styles shown 2. Shown view is standard side for single side mount * If M metric tie rod option, thread = M5X.8 #1-24 UNC-2A* 1/4-2 UNC-2B x.375 Deep (x4 SS, x8 DS).25 [6.35] Dim "B" Dim "A" GSX2 Side Trunnion Mount 2.74 [69.6] 1. [25.4] ø1.±.1 [25.4±.3] ø1.5 [38.1] 2.24 [56.9] [79.1] [129.9] 1. [25.4] Dim "C" Dim "A" GSX2 Rear Clevis Mount or Front Flange Mount ø.125 [3.18] ø.25 [6.35] 1. [25.4] ø [12.8 ] [44.5] [25.4] 2.24 [56.8] 3.75 [95.3] [79.4].438 [11.13] Dim "D".75 [19.1] R.625 [15.9] 1.5 [38.1] Dim 3 inch (mm) stroke 6 inch (mm) stroke 1 inch (mm) stroke 12 inch (mm) stroke A (197.5) (273.7) (375.3) (426.1) B (142.6) (218.8) (32.4) (371.2) C 3. (76.2) 6. (152.4) 1. (254.4) 12. (34.8) D (222.9) (299.1) (4.7) (451.5) Note: Add Inches to Dims "A,B,& D" if ordering an Electric Brake..75 [19.1] 1. Two mounting styles shown 2. With flange mount, dimension A is equivalent to top two drawings Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 26

30 GSX3, Double Side Mounts or Extended Tie Rod Mount Ø [89.8] Single Side Mount On This Side 1.32 [33.5].962 [24.4].9 [2.29] Ø [ ] x.25 Deep (Double Side Mount Only) 3.46 [77.4] +.3 Ø [5.8 ] [44.5] 3.46 [77.4] [38.68] 1. Three mounting styles shown 2. Shown view is standard side for single side mount * If M metric tie rod option, thread = M6X1 1/4-2 UNC-2A* 1/4-2 UNC-2B x.38 Deep.25 (x4 SS, x8 DS) [6.35] GSX3 Side Trunnion Mount [9.1] 1.32 [33.5] Ø 1.5 [38.1] Ø 1. ±.1 [25.4 ±.3] Dim "B" Dim "A" 3.46 [77.4] [99.6] [15.4] 1. [25.4] Dim "C" Dim "A" GSX3 Rear Clevis Mount or Front Flange Mount.25 [6.35] Ø.397 (4X) [1.8] 1.32 [33.5] Ø.755 [19.6 ] 2.43 [61.72] [93.7] 5.25 [133.4] 5.94 [15.9] 3.5 [77.4].438 [11.13] Dim "D".993 [25.2] R Dim 3 inch (mm) stroke 6 inch (mm) stroke 1 inch (mm) stroke 14 inch (mm) stroke 18 inch (mm) stroke A (29.4) (272.2) (386.5) (488.1) (589.7) B (156.1) 8.62 (218.9) (333.3) (434.8) (536.4) C 5.38 (136.7) 8.6 (23.4) 1. (254.) 14. (355.6) 18. (457.2) D (24.9) (33.8) (418.) (519.6) (621.2) Note: Add 1.6 Inches to Dims "A, & D" if ordering an Electric Brake [31.8] 2.5 [63.5] 1. Two mounting styles shown 2. With flange mount, dimension A is equivalent to top two drawings Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 27

31 GSX4 Single, Double Side Mounts or Extended Tie Rod Mount 3.9 [99.1] ø4.243 [17.8] B.C. Single Side Mount On This Side ø2.499 ±.1 [63.47 ±.25] 1.65 [41.8].1 [2.54] 1.38 [34.9] +. ø.375 [ ] x.438 Deep (Double Side Mount Only) 1.75 [44.5] GSX Series 3.9 [99.1] 1.95 [49.9] 1. Three mounting styles shown 2. Shown view is standard side for single side mount * If M metric tie rod option, thread = M8X1.25 3/8-16 UNC-2A* 3/8-16 UNC-2B x.75 Deep (x4 SS, x8 DS) GSX4 Side Trunnion Mount.313 [7.95] Dim "B" Dim "A" 4.4 [111.8] 1.65 [41.8] ø1.5 ±.1 [38.1 ±.3] ø2. [5.8] 3.9 [99.1] [175.2] [124.4] 1. [25.4] Dim "C" Dim "A" GSX4 Rear Clevis Mount or Front Flange Mount ø.25[6.35](x4) 3.8 [96.5] 2.92 [74.2] 1.65 [41.8] ø [19.1 ] [133.3] 6.8 [172.7] 7.68 [195.1] ø.516 [13.1] (x4).625 [15.9] Dim "D" 1.25 [31.8] R.75 [19.1] 2.5 [63.5] Dim 6 inch (mm) stroke 8 inch (mm) stroke 1 inch (mm) stroke 12 inch (mm) stroke 18 inch (mm) stroke A (319.6) (37.4) (421.1) (472.) (624.4) B 1.31 (261.8) (312.6) (363.5) (414.2) (566.6) C 6. (152.4) 8. (23.2) 1. (254) 12. (34.8) 18. (457.2) D (364.) (414.8) (465.6) 2.33 (516.4) (668.8) Note: Add 2.33 Inches to Dims "A,B,&D" if ordering an Electric Brake [31.75] 1. Two mounting styles shown 2. With flange mount, dimension A is equivalent to top two drawings Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 28

32 GSX5 Single, Double Side Mounts or Extended Tie Rod Mount B.C. [155.6] Single Side Mount On This Side [54.].125 [3.2] [ ] x.5 Deep (2x) (Double Side Mount Only) 5.5 [139.7] [ ] 3. [76.2] 1. Three mounting styles shown 2. Shown view is standard side for single side mount * If M metric tie rod option, thread = M12X [69.9] 5.5 [139.7] 1/2-13 UNC-2A*.46 [1.3] 1/2-13 UNC-2B x.75 Deep (x4 SS, x8 DS) Dim "A" Dim "B" GSX5 Side Trunnion Mount 6.25 [158.8] [54.] [ ] 2.5 [63.5] 5.5 [139.7] 7. [177.8] 1. [254.] 1.5 [38.1] Dim "C" Dim "A" GSX5 Rear Clevis Mount or Front Flange Mount [123.8] (2x) [193.7] (4x).25 [6.4].563 (4x) [14.3] (4x) 9.5 [241.3] 6.5 [165.1] 3.25 (2x) [82.6] (2x).75 [19.1] [54.] Dim "D" [25.4 ] [25.4] 3. [76.2] 1. Two mounting styles shown 2. With flange mount, dimension A is equilavent to top two drawings 1.5 [38.1] Dim 6 inch (mm) stroke 1 inch (mm) stroke 14 inch (mm) stroke A (363.5) (465.1) (566.7) B (282.4) (384.) (485.6) C 6. (152.4) 1. (254.) 14. (355.6) D (42.6) 2.56 (522.2) (623.8) Note: Add Inches to Dims "A,B,&D" if ordering an Electric Brakes. Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings 29

33 GSX6 Single, Double Side Mounts or Extended Tie Rod Mount [177.5] ø7.778 [197.6] B.C. Single Side Mount On This Side ø [85.73 ] [49.4].125 [3.18] 1.65 [41.8] ø [ ] x.625 Deep (Double Side Mount Only) 3. [76.2] GSX Series 3.4 [86.4] 6.8 [172.7] 1. Three mounting styles shown 2. Shown view is standard side for single side mount * If M metric tie rod option, thread = M14X2 9/16-12 UNC-2A* 5/8-11 UNC-2B x.875 Deep (x4 SS, x8 DS).438 [11.1] Dim "B" Dim "A" GSX6 Side Trunnion Mount ø7.778 [197.6] B.C. Single Side Mount On This Side 1.94 [49.4].125 [3.18] 1.65 [41.8] ø [ ] x.625 Deep (Double Side Mount Only) [177.5] ø [85.73 ] [76.2] 6.8 [172.7] 3.4 [86.4] 9/16-12 UNC-2A* 5/8-11 UNC-2B x.875 Deep (x4 SS, x8 DS).438 [11.1] Dim "B" Dim "A" GSX6 Rear Clevis Mount or Front Flange Mount ø.25 [6.35] (x4) ø.781 [19.8] (x4) [49.4] ø [44.53 ] 6.8 [172.7] [26.4] [258.4] 12.5 [317.5] [136.5].75 [19.1] Dim "D" 2.5 [63.5] R [53.98] 5. [127.] Dim 6 inch (mm) stroke 1 inch (mm) stroke A (386.8) (488.4) B (31.8) (43.3) C 6. (152.4) 1. (254.) D (469.4) (571.) Note: Add Inches to Dimensions "A,B,&D" if ordering an Electric Brake. 2.5 [63.5] 1. Two mounting styles shown 2. With flange mount, dimension A is equivalent to top two drawings Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 3

34 GSX6 Brake Options A Actuator A - Brake Extension Length Stroke Length Reduction GSX (9.81 mm) NA GSX2, GSX3, GSX4 & GSX5 Rear Brake Extension Option Dim "A" GSX2 GSX3 GSX4 GSX5 A 1.78 (45.21) 1.61 (4.9) 2.33 (59.18) 2.5 (63.5) 31

35 GSX2, GSX3, GSX4, GSX5 & GSX6 External Limit Switch Extension Options Dim A 3 inch 6 inch 1 inch 12 inch 14 inch 18 inch (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) stroke stroke stroke stroke stroke stroke GSX NA NA NA (14.1) (216.3) NA (368.7) NA NA GSX (176.1) (249.7) (351.3) (42.1) (452.9) (554.5) GSX4 NA NA (249.7) (351.3) (42.1) (452.9) (554.5) GSX5 NA NA NA NA (296.3) NA NA (499.5) (61.1) GSX6 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA (367.3) NA NA NA GSX Series 36" Flying Leads L1 L2 L3 DIM "A" The external limit switch option (requires anti-rotate option) for the GSX Series of linear actuators provides the user with 1, 2 or 3 externally mounted adjustable switches for use as the end of travel limit switches or home position sensors. The number of switches desired is selected by ordering the L1, L2 or L3 option, in which 1, 2 or 3 switches will be provided, respectively. The switches are 9-3 VDC powered, PNP output, with either normally open or normally closed logic operation depending on the switch configuration ordered. Below is a diagram indicating which logic operation will be provided for each switch, based on the option ordered. Option SW1 SW2 SW3 L1 Not Supplied Normally Open Not Supplied L2 Normally Closed Not Supplied Normally Closed L3 Normally Closed Normally Open Normally Closed Switch Type Exlar Part Number Turck Part Number Normally Closed Switch BIM-INT-RP6X Normally Open Switch 2233 BIM-INT-AP6X 32

36 Actuator Rod End Options B A *A Dim = 4mm D øc B D øc øe Male Thread øe Female Thread F A B øc D øe F Male U.S. Male Metric Female U.S. Female Metric GSX2 in M8X M8X1 (mm) (2.7) (9.5) (12.7) (5.1) (11.2) (19.1) UNF 2A UNF 2B GSX3 in M12X1.75* M1X1.5 (mm) (19.1) (12.7) (15.9) (7.1) (14.3) (19.1) UN F 2A UNF 2B GSX4 in M16X M16X1.5 (mm) (38.1) (19.1) (25.4) (9.7) (22.2) (25.4) UNF 2A UNF 2B GSX5 in M27X M24X2 (mm) (41.3) (28.6) (34.9) (19.1) (31.8) (44.5) UNS 2A UNS 2B GSX6 in M3X M25X1.5 (mm) (63.5) (31.8) (44.5) (14.) (41.3) (44.5) UNF 2A UNF 2B Part numbers for rod attachment options indicate the through hole size or pin diameter. Before selecting a spherical rod eye for use with a GSX series actuator, please consult the information on the anti-rotation option for the GSX actuators. Spherical rod eyes will allow the rod to rotate if the load is not held. Rod Clevis Dimensions øg D E D øf B C A H K øj GSX2 GSX3 GSX4 GSX5 GSX6 RC38 RC5 RC75 RC1 RC138 A.787 (2 mm).75 (19.1 mm) (28.58 mm) (41.2mm) 2. (5.8 mm) B.787 (2 mm).75 (19.1 mm) 1.25 (31.75 mm) 1.5 (38.1 mm) (53.98 mm) C (4 mm) 1.5 (38.1 mm) (6.3 mm) (79.4 mm) (14.78 mm) D.575 (14.6 mm).5 (12.7 mm).625 (15.88 mm).75 (19.1 mm) 1. (25.4 mm) E.375 (9.5 mm).765 (19.43 mm) (32.13 mm) (38.5 mm) 2.32 (51.6 mm) øf.375 (9.5 mm).5 (12.7 mm).75 (19.1 mm) 1. (25.4 mm) (34.93 mm) øg.75 (19.1 mm) 1. (25.4 mm) 1.5 (38.1 mm) 2. (5.8 mm) 2.75 (69.85 mm) H NA 1. (25.4 mm) 1.25 (31.75 mm) 1.5 (38.1 mm) 2. (5.8 mm) øj NA 1. (25.4 mm) 1.25 (31.75 mm) 1.5 (38.1 mm) 2. (5.8 mm) K 3/8-24 7/16-2 3/ /4-12 Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 33

37 Spherical Rod Eye Dimensions D øb G F E GSX Series A C H J K GSX2 GSX3 GSX4 GSX5 SRM38 SRM44 SRM75 SRF1 A (41.3mm) 1.81 (46. mm) 2.88 (73.2 mm) øb.375 (9.525mm).438 (11.13 mm).75 (19.1 mm) C.96 (23.mm) 1.6 (26.9 mm) 1.72 (43.7 mm) See GSX5 D 1. (25.6mm) 1.13 (28.7 mm) 1.75 (44.5 mm) Sperical Rod Eye E 12 deg 14 deg 14 deg drawing below. F.46 (1.3mm).44 (11.1 mm).69 (17.5 mm) G.5 (12.7mm).56 (14.2 mm).88 (22.3 mm) Requires female H.688 (17.7mm).75 (19.1 mm) 1.13 (28.7 mm) rod end. J.562 (14.3mm).63 (16. mm) 1. (25.4 mm) K 3/8-24 7/16-2 3/4-16 Ø1" R 1 3/8" 7/8" 1 7/8" LUBE FITTING R 1 7/16" 1 1/2" 1"-14 Thread 1 1/2" Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 34

38 Rod Eye Dimensions E A A B A øa D C F GSX3 GSX4 GSX5 GSX6 RE5 RE75 RE1 RE138 øa.5 (12.7 mm).75 (19.1 mm) 1. (25.4 mm) (34.93 mm) B.75 (19.1 mm) 1.25 (31.8 mm) 1.5 (38.1 mm) 2. (5.8 mm) C 1.5 (38.1 mm) 2.6 (52.3 mm) 2.81 (71.4 mm) 3.44 (87.3 mm) D.75 (19.1 mm) 1.13 (28.7 mm) 1.63 (41.4 mm) 2. (5.8 mm) E.63 (15.9 mm).88 (22.3 mm) 1.19 (3.2 mm) (46.67 mm) F 7/16-2 3/ /4-12 Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 35

39 Clevis Pin Dimensions C B C GSX Series øe ød A A B C ød øe GSX CP5-Rear Clevis (57.9 mm) (49.28 mm) (4.32 mm) (12.7 mm) (2.41 mm) GSX CP5-Rod eye, Rod Clevis (57.9 mm) (49.28 mm) (4.32 mm) (12.7 mm) (2.41 mm) CP75-Rear Clevis (78.5 mm) (69.1 mm) (4.82 mm) (19.1 mm) (3.56 mm) GSX4 CP75-Rod eye, Rod Clevis Spherical Eye, Rear Clevis (78.5 mm) (69.1 mm) (4.82 mm) (19.1 mm) (3.56 mm) GSX5 CP1-Rod eye, Rod Clevis Spherical Eye, Rear Clevis (91.2 mm) (81.8 mm) (4.82 mm) (25.4 mm) (3.56 mm) GSX CP138-Rod eye, Rod Clevis (118.3 mm) (18 mm) (5.8 mm) (34.93 mm) (4.39 mm) CP175-Rear Clevis (143.6 mm) (133.3 mm) (5.15 mm) (4.44 mm) (4.39 mm) Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 36

40 GSX Series Ordering Information AA = GSX Actuator Size 2 = 2 inch frame 3 = 3 inch frame 4 = 4 inch frame 5 = 5 inch frame 6 = 7 inch frame BB = Stroke Length 3 = 3 inches (GSX2, GSX3) 6 = 5.9 inches (GSX3) 6 inches (GSX2, GSX4, GSX5, GSX6) 8 = 8 inches (GSX4) 1 = 1 inches (all models) 12 = 12 inches (GSX2, GSX3, GSX4) 14 = 14 inches (GSX3, GSX5) 18 = 18 inches (GSX3, GSX4) CC = Lead 1 =.1 inch (GSX2, GSX3, GSX4, GSX5) 9 2 =.2 inch (GSX2, GSX3, GSX4, GSX5) 3 =.25 inch (GSX6) 4 =.4 inch (GSX2 only) 5 =.5 inch (GSX3, GSX4, GSX5, GSX6) 8 =.75 inch (GSX4) 1 1 = 1. inch (GSX5, GSX6) 11 D = Connections O = MS style (anodized) E = MS style (electroless nickel) M = Manufacturer s Connector 7 I = Intercontec style (Exlar standard style connector) S = MS style anodized 23 pin feedback, EC4 cable B = Embedded leads 3 ft. std. 12 P = Embedded leads w/plug 3 ft. std. 12 X = Special (please specify) E = Mounting S = Side tapped mounting holes D = Double side tapped mounting holes E = Extended tie rods F = Front flange T = Trunnion C = Rear clevis X = Special (please specify) M = Metric extended tie rods F = Rod End M = Male, US std. Thread A = Male, Metric std. Thread F = Female, US std. Thread B = Female, Metric Thread X = Special (please specify) GSX AA - BB CC - D E F - GGG - HHH - II - {XX..XX} GGG = Brushless Amplifier (Please indicate the amplifier to be used to power the actuator) XX1 = Custom Feedback - purchaser must supply drawing of feedback device and desired wiring drawings OO1 = Standard Feedback Mount - actuator is supplied ready for size 15 resolver or encoder, includes.375 mm shaft OO2 = Same as above with 8mm shaft If the Rockwell Allen-Bradley system that you are using is the Kinetix platform or SERCOS based, additional software and data files are required from Allen-Bradley. Please contact your Rockwell Allen- Bradley representative for support. AB1 = Allen-Bradley Ultra 1/2 4 (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) AB5 = Allen Bradley Ultra 3 or 5 4 (multi-turn, absolute encoder) AB6 = Allen Bradley (resolver)(replaces AB2) AB7 = Allen Bradley Ultra 3 or 5 4 (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) AD1 = Advanced Digital "Simple Servo" (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) AP1 = API resolver based (resolver) AP2 = API encoder based (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) AM1 = Advanced Motion Controls (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) AM2 = Advanced Motion Controls (incremental encoder, 1 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) AM3 = Advanced Motion Controls (resolver) AM4 = Advanced Motion Controls BX Series default settings (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) BD2 = Baldor Flex Series (resolver)(replaces BD1) BD3 = Baldor Flex Series (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) BM2 = Baumueller bmaxx & BUM series (resolver) BO1 = Bosch (resolver) CC1 = Cleveland Machine Controls (resolver) CM1 = Comau (resolver) CO1 = Copley Controls (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) CS1 = Parker (Custom Servo Motors) MPA, MPSL (resolver) CS2 = Parker (Custom Servo Motors) Servo Flex (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) CT1 = Control Techniques Unidrive SP (Stegman SRM 5 multi-turn absolute encoder) CT3 = Control Techniques Unidrive SP (Stegman SKM 36 multi-turn absolute encoder) CT4 = Control Techniques Unidrive SP (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) EL1 = Elmo Motion Control (resolver) EL2 = Elmo CLA, SBA, FLU Series, (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) EM2 = Emerson En, Epsilon, MDS Series and Uni- Drive 4 (std encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) EM3 = Emerson MX Series (resolver) EM4 = Emerson UniDrive SP (resolver) EU1 = Elau (multi-turn, absolute encoder) EX4 = Exlar SV Series (resolver) (replaces EX3) GL1 = Sheffield Automation (G&L) Smart Drive (standard encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) If selecting the "M" connector option with GL1, the motor power and encoder connector configuration will be equivalent to that used on the Sheffield Automation HSM Series motors. GL2 = Sheffield Automation (G&L) Smart Drive (standard encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) If selecting the "M" connector option with GL2, the motor power and encoder connector configuration will be equivalent to that used on the Sheffield Automation LSM/MSM Series motors. IN1 = Bosch-Rexroth (Indramat) ECO Drive (absolute, multi-turn Heidenhain encoder) IN2 = Bosch-Rexroth (Indramat) ECO Drive IN4 (absolute, single-turn Heidenhain encoder) = Bosch-Rexroth (Indramat) ECO Drive, Standard resolver (resolver)(replaces IN3) KM4 = Kollmorgen ServoStar6 Series 4 (multi-turn, absolute encoder) KM5 = Kollmorgen ServoStar6 Series 4 and ServoStar CD (resolver)(replaces KM2) KM6 = Kollmorgen ServoStar3 Series 4 (std encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) LZ1 = Lenze 93 Series (multi-turn absolute encoder) LZ5 = Lenze 93 Series (resolver) MD1 = Modicon (resolver) MX1 = Metronix ARS Series (resolver) OR1 = Ormec (resolver) PC1 = Parker Compumotor Apex & Z Series (resolver) PC2 = Parker Compumotor TQ Series (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) PC3 = Parker Compumotor Gemini Series (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) PC6 = Parker Incremental Encoder, Euro Connectors PC7 = Parker Compax 3 (resolver) PC8 = Parker Compumotor with incremental encoder, Parker PS connectors (std encoder, 248 line, 5 VDC) PC9 = Parker Compumotor with multi-turn absolute (Stegmann) encoder. Parker PS connectors PC = Parker Compumotor with resolver, Parker PS connectors (resolver type 1) PS2 = Pacific Scientific (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) PS3 = Pacific Scientific SC9, 7 Series (resolver)(replaces PS1) SM2 = Siemens (resolver) SM3 = Siemens (multi-turn absolute encoder) SP2 = In Motion, PAM Series (resolver) WD1 = Whedco (GE-Fanuc)(resolver) YS2 = Yaskawa Sigma II Series for 4 inch and larger Exlar motors (multi-turn absolute encoder) YS3 = Yaskawa Sigma II Series for 3 inch and smaller Exlar actuators (multi-turn absolute encoder) 37

41 GSX Series Ordering Information HHH = Motor Stator 2 All 8 Pole 118 = 1 stack, 115 Vrms 218 = 2 stack, 115 Vrms 318 = 3 stack, 115 Vrms 138 = 1 stack, 23 Vrms 238 = 2 stack, 23 Vrms 338 = 3 stack, 23 Vrms 158 = 1 stack, 4 Vrms 258 = 2 stack, 4 Vrms 358 = 3 stack, 4 Vrms 168 = 1 stack, 46 Vrms 268 = 2 stack, 46 Vrms 368 = 3 stack, 46 Vrms GSX Series II = Motor Speed 24 = 24 rpm, GSX5, GSX6 3 = 3 rpm, GSX3, GSX4 5 = 5 rpm, GSX = Customer specified base speed XX.. XX = Options Travel Options PF = Preloaded follower 1 AR = External Anti-rotate assembly EB = Electric Brake 5 (GSX6) RB = Rear Electric Brake 5 (GSX2, GSX3, GSX4 and GSX5) XT = Special Travel Option (see pg. 24) L1/L2/L3 = External Limit Switches Motor Options XM = Special motor option XL = Special lubrication Housing Options FG = Food grade paint 6 EN = Electroless nickel plating 6 HC = Type III hard coat anodized, class 1 SS = Stainless steel housing 6 XH = Special housing option Absolute Linear Feedback LT = VRVT, including signal conditioner 3 1. The dynamic load rating of zero backlash, preloaded screws is 63% of the dynamic load rating of the standard non-preloaded screws. The calculated travel life of a preloaded screw will be 25% of the calculated travel life of the same size and lead of a non-preloaded screw. Preloaded follower is not available with absolute internal feedback option. 2. Stator voltage and pole options allow for catalog rated performance at varying amplifier bus voltages and pole configuration requirements. 3. Linear feedback is not available in the GSX2. 4. Emerson EN and Epsilon Series, AB Ultra Series, Kollmorgen ServoStar and other amps require motor data files for operation with GSX Series actuators. These files can be downloaded from our website at Contact Exlar for details. 5. The brake options require a third cable. 6. These housing options would typically be accompanied by the choice of the electroless nickel connectors if a connectorized unit were selected. This choice may also indicate the need for special material main rods or flanges. 7. Available with AB1, AB4/5, AB7, CT1, CT3, EM2, KM4, KM5, KM6, IN1, IN2, IN4, LZ1, LZ5, PC3, PS3, YS2 and YS3 feedback. This option allows the customer to use the standard cables supplied by their amplifier manufacturers. 8. Use of the A-B 1394 requires assistance from Allen-Bradley to configure the axis for a custom motor lead not available above 12 stroke in GSX lead not available above lead not available above 1 stroke. 12. B and P connection options not available on GSX5 and GSX6 38

42 Excellent Ball Screw Replacement in a More Compact Package The GSM Series of linear actuators provides an excellent replacement for ball screw actuators. The GSM Series offers 5 times the travel life of similarly sized ball screw actuators in a more compact, cost competitive package. This design incorporates Exlar s patented roller screw technology with an integral brushless servo motor for medium to high performance motion control applications. The GSM design provides a smaller package with higher speed and load capacity and longer life than ball screws and other traditional rotary to linear conversion mechanisms. Selection of the proper feedback configuration allows GSM Series actuators to be powered by nearly every brand of brushless motor amplifier on the market. This flexibility allows GSM Series actuators to be incorporated into the highest performance single and multi-axis motion control systems in use today. In applications varying from food and beverage packaging, to multiaxis turning centers, to aircraft assembly, the GSM Series of actuators show incredible performance and durability. Exlar s T-LAM technology incorporated into the motor design provides a solution with 35% more torque in the same package size as traditional brushless motors. The efficiencies of the GSM Series are a result of the limited heat generation qualities inherent in the segmented stator design. The elimination of end turns in the stator, and the use of thermally conductive potting removes the parts most suscepti- Lamination Endcaps Individual Segments ble to failure in a traditional stator. Other benefits include: Neodymium iron boron magnets provide high flux density and maximum motor torque. Thermally conductive potting of the entire stator provides increased heat dissipation and provides protection from contamination in oilcooled units. Each stator segment contains individual phase wiring. External winding of individual segments provides maximum slot fill for maximum motor performance. Motors with T-LAM technology have Class H insulation systems compliant with UL requirements. Features/Characteristics T-LAM segmented lamination stator technology 2.25, 3.3 or 3.9 inch frame size 3, 5.9,1 and 12 inch strokes.1,.2,.4,.5 and.75 inch lead roller screws 7 to 75 lbf-in torque motor availability Up to 33 inch per second linear speeds 92 to 1983 lbf thrust capacity depending on motor selection Front flange, rear clevis, trunnion, side, double side or extended tie rods mounting options Encoder feedback with MS style connectors Molded and shielded cables available Anodized aluminum housing Competitively priced with ball screw actuators 5 times the life of a similar sized ball screw actuator IP54 or IP65 sealing Class 18 H insulation UL recognized component 39

43 EXLAR GSM SERIES ACTUATORS APPLICATIONS INCLUDE: Hydraulic cylinder replacement Ball screw replacement Pneumatic cylinder replacement Chip and wafer handling Automated flexible fixturing Dispensers Machine tool Automated assembly Parts clamping Automatic tool changers Volumetric pumps Medical equipment Conveyor diverters / gates Plastics equipment Cut-offs Die cutters Packaging machinery Entertainment Sawmill equipment Open / close doors Fillers Formers Precision grinders Indexing stages Lifts Product sorting Material cutting Material handling Riveting / fastening / joining Molding Volumetric pumps Semiconductor Pick and place systems Robot manipulator arms Simulators Precision valve control Ventilation control systems Pressing Process control Tube bending Welding Stamping Test stands Tension control Web guidance Wire winding GSM Series All-electric replacement for hydraulic cylinders improves throughput with servo control and less maintenance for core-pull cylinders. GSM-Series actuators can provide the precision at high force loads for fluid dispensing in a medical environment. A typical 3 inch stroke GSM Series actuator used in a valve-modulating application can control position to +/.5% while ready to fully open or close in less than 2 msec. 4

44 GSM Series Performance and Life Curves The below speed vs. force curves represent approximate continuous thrust ratings at indicated linear speed. Different types of servo amplifiers will offer varying motor torque and thus actuator thrust. These values are at constant velocity and do not account for motor torque required for acceleration. Force (lbf) GSM2-.1 Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 Force (lbf) GSM3-.1 Inch Lead 1X8 2X Speed (inch / sec) Speed (inch / sec) Force (lbf) GSM2-.2 Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 Force (lbf) GSM3-.2 Inch Lead 1X8 2X Speed (inch / sec) Speed (inch / sec) Force (lbf) GSM2-.4 Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 Force (lbf) GSM3-.5 Inch Lead 1X8 2X Speed (inch / sec) Speed (inch / sec) Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 1 x 1 x 1/4 on GSM2 and 1 x 1 x 3/8 on GSM3 41

45 Force (lbf) 25 2 GSM4-.1 Inch Lead X8 2X Speed (inch / sec) GSM4-.2 Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 Life Curves The estimated travel life indicates the approximate expected travel life from the roller screw mechanism within the GSM3 at indicated cubic mean load. The chart on the right represents L1 travel life estimates. The reliability for these values is 9%. This information assumes that the roller screw is properly maintained and lubricated. The equation used to calculate the L1 life is: Travel (C/F)3 (lead) in millions of inches./mm. Where C = the dynamic load rating of the screw and F is the cubic mean load rating of the application. For higher than 9% reliability, derating of this value is implemented. Contact Exlar application engineering for details. GSM Series Force (lbf) Force (lbf) Speed (inch / sec) GSM4-.5 Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 Cubic Mean load (lbf) GSM2, GSM3 & GSM4 L1 Travel life SR21 SR31 SR , 1, 1, Millions of Inches of Travel Speed (inch / sec) 6 5 GSM4-.75 Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 Force (lbf) Speed (inch / sec) Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 12 x 12 x 1/2 on GSM4 42

46 GSM2 & GSM3 Performance Specifications Model No. Frame Stroke Screw Continuous Max. Approx.Cont. Maximum Armature Dynamic Weight Size (nominal)* Lead Force Rating Velocity Motor Torque Static Load Inertia** Load (approx) in. in in lb (N) in/sec 1 stack/2 stack lb Lb-in-s 2 Rating lb (mm) (mm) (mm) 1stack/2 stack (mm/sec) lb-in (Nm) (N) (Kg-m 2 ) lb (N) (Kg) GSM / / (57) (75) (2.54) (1632/2571) (211.67) (.82/1.3) (3336) (.114) (697) (2.9) GSM / / (57) (75) (5.8) (814/1286) (423.33) (.82/1.3) (3336) (.114) (5422) (2.9) GSM / / (57) (75) (1.16) (49/645) (846.67) (.82/1.3) (3336) (.114) (3283) (2.9) GSM / / (57) (15) (2.54) (1632/2571) (211.67) (.82/1.3) (3336) (.129) (697) (3.2) GSM / / (57) (15) (5.8) (814/1286) (423.33) (.82/1.3) (3336) (.129) (5422) (3.2) GSM / / (57) (15) (1.16) (49/645) (846.67) (.82/1.3) (3336) (.129) (3283) (3.2) GSM / / (57) (254) (2.54) (1632/2571) (211.67) (.82/1.3) (3336) (.15) (697) (3.4) GSM / / (57) (254) (5.8) (814/1286) (423.33) (.82/1.3) (3336) (.15) (5422) (3.4) GSM / / (57) (254) (1.16) (49/645) (846.67) (.82/1.3) (3336) (.15) (3283) (3.4) GSM / / (57) (3) (2.54) (1632/2571) (211.67) (.82/1.3) (3336) (.162) (697) (3.6) GSM / / (57) (3) (5.8) (814/1286) (423.33) (.82/1.3) (3336) (.162) (5422) (3.6) GSM / / (57) (3) (1.16) (49/645) (846.67) (.82/1.3) (3336) (.162) (3283) (3.6) GSM / / (84) (75) (2.54) (3688/5992) (127) (1.86/3.3) (726) (.36) (14724) (4.3) GSM / / (84) (75) (5.8) (1846/2998) (254) (1.86/3.3) (726) (.36) (1588) (4.3) GSM / / (84) (75) (12.7) (738/1197) (635) (1.86/3.3) (726) (.36) (13416) (4.3) GSM / / (84) (15) (2.54) (3688/5992) (127) (1.86/3.3) (726) (.48) (14724) (5.2) GSM / / (84) (15) (5.8) (1846/2998) (254) (1.86/3.3) (726) (.48) (1588) (5.2) GSM / / (84) (15) (12.7) (738/1197) (635) (1.86/3.3) (726) (.48) (13416) (5.2) GSM / / (84) (25) (2.54) (3688/5992) (127) (1.86/3.3) (726) (.47) (14724) (8.6) GSM / / (84) (25) (5.8) (1846/2998) (254) (1.86/3.3) (726) (.47) (1588) (8.6) GSM / / (84) (25) (12.7) (738/1197) (635) (1.86/3.3) (726) (.47) (13416) (8.6) GSM / / (84) (35) (2.54) (3688/5992) (127) (1.86/3.3) (726) (.51) (14724) (1) GSM / / (84) (35) (5.8) (1846/2998) (254) (1.86/3.3) (726) (.51) (1588) (1) GSM / / (84) (35) (12.7) (738/1197) (635) (1.86/3.3) (726) (.51) (13416) (1) GSM / / (84) (455) (5.8) (1846/2998) (254) (1.86/3.3) (726) (.62) (1588) (11.3) GSM / / (84) (455) (12.7) (738/1197) (635) (1.86/3.3) (726) (.62) (13416) (11.3) *Please note that stroke mm are nominal dimensions. **Inertia +/ 5%. For definition of terms see page

47 GSM4 Performance Specifications Model No. Frame Stroke Screw Continuous Max. Approx.Cont. Maximum Armature Dynamic Weight Size (nominal)* Lead Force Rating Velocity Motor Torque Static Load Inertia** Load (approx) in. in in lb (N) in/sec 1 stack/2 stack lb Lb-in-s 2 Rating lb (mm) (mm) (mm) 1stack/2 stack (mm/sec) lb-in (Nm) (N) (Kg-m 2 ) lb (N) (Kg) GSM / / (99) (15) (2.54) (1645/17642) (127) (5.38/8.91) (17642) (.1717) (2167) (9.1) GSM / / (99) (15) (5.8) (532/8821) (254) (5.38/8.91) (17642) (.1717) (21751) (9.1) GSM / / (99) (15) (12.7) (2131/3527) (635) (5.38/8.91) (17642) (.1717) (18763) (9.1) GSM / / (99) (15) (19.5) (1419/2353) (953) (5.38/8.91) (17642) (.1717) (1484) (9.1) GSM / / (99) (25) (2.54) (1645/17642) (127) (5.38/8.91) (17642) (.1977) (2167) (12.7) GSM / / (99) (25) (5.8) (532/8821) (254) (5.38/8.91) (17642) (.1977) (21751) (12.7) GSM / / (99) (25) (12.7) (2131/3527) (635) (5.38/8.91) (17642) (.1977) (18763) (12.7) GSM / / (99) (25) (19.5) (1419/2353) (953) (5.38/8.91) (17642) (.1977) (1484) (12.7) GSM / / (99) (35) (2.54) (1645/17642) (127) (5.38/8.91) (17642) (.212) (2167) (14.5) GSM / / (99) (35) (5.8) (532/8821) (254) (5.38/8.91) (17642) (.212) (21751) (14.5) GSM / / (99) (35) (12.7) (2131/3527) (635) (5.38/8.91) (17642) (.212) (18763) (14.5) GSM / / (99) (35) (19.5) (1419/2353) (953) (5.38/8.91) (17642) (.212) (1484) (14.5) GSM / / (99) (455) (5.8) (532/8821) (254) (5.38/8.91) (17642) (.2486) (21751) (19.9) GSM / / (99) (455) (12.7) (2131/3527) (635) (5.38/8.91) (17642) (.2486) (18763) (19.9) GSM Series Definition of Terms Force Rating: The linear force produced by the actuator at continuous motor torque. Max Velocity: The linear velocity that the actuator will achieve at rated motor rpm. Continuous Motor Torque: Torque produced by the motor at rated continuous current. Maximum Static Load: The mechanical load limit of the actuator if re-circulated oil or other cooling method is used to allow higher than rated torque from the motor. Armature Inertia: The rotary inertia of the armature of the GSM Series actuators. For calculation purposes, this value includes the screw inertia in a GSM actuator. Dynamic Load Rating: A design constant used in calculating the estimated travel life of the roller screw. The cubic mean load is the load at which the device will perform one million revolutions. *Please note that stroke mm are nominal dimensions. **Inertia +/ 5% See above for definition of terms. 44

48 GSM2 Series Mechanical / Electrical Specifications GSM2 Nominal Backlash in (mm).8 (.2) Lead Accuracy in/ft (mm/3 mm).1 (.25) Maximum Radial Load lb (N) 15 (67) Environmental Rating: Standard IP54 MOTOR STATOR RMS Sinusoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (N-m) (.86) (.83) (.79) (.79) (1.35) (1.3) (1.27) (1.28) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 25 C) N-m/A (.28) (.59) (.94) (1.7) (.28) (.59) (1.) (1.15) Continuous Current Rating Amps Peak Current Rating Amps Trapezoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (N-m) (.82) (.79) (.76) (.76) (1.29) (1.24) (1.21) (1.22) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 25 C) (N-m/A) (.22) (.46) (.73) (.84) (.22) (.46) (.78) (.89) Continuous Current Rating Amps Peak Current Rating Amps Motor Stator Data Voltage Constant (Ke) Vrms / Krpm (+/ 25 C) Vpk / Krpm Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L) (+/ 25 C) Ohms Inductance (L-L)(+/ 5%) mh Brake Inertia lbf-in-sec (Kg-cm 2 ) (.32) (.38) (.38) (.38) (.38) (.38) (.38) (.38) Brake 24 Vdc A Brake Holding Torque lbf-in (Nm) (2.2) (2.2) (2.2) (2.2) (2.2) (2.2) (2.2) (2.2) Brake Engage/Disengage Time ms 14/28 14/28 14/28 14/28 14/28 14/28 14/28 14/28 Mech. Time Constant (tm), ms min max Electrical Time Constant (te) ms Damping Constant lbf-in/krpm (N-m/krpm) (.6) (.6) (.6) (.6) (.6) (.6) (.6) (.6) Friction Torque lbf-in (N-m) (.11) (.11) (.11) (.11) (.11) (.11) (.11) (.11) Bus Voltage Vrms Bus Voltage rpm Motor Wire Insulation Class 18 H Motor Stator Rating Class 18 H Thermal Switch, Stator Temp. C 13 Std. Connectors ("S" Option): Motor & Brake MS-3112-E16-8P Feedback MS-3112-E16-23P All ratings at 25 degrees Celsius For amplifiers with peak sinusoidal commutation Kt = Ktrms(.77), Ic = Icrms/(.77), Ipk = Ipkrms/(.77) Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 1 x 1 x 1/4 Specifications subject to change without notice. 45

49 GSM3 Series Mechanical / Electrical Specifications GSM3 Nominal Backlash in (mm).8 (.2)) Lead Accuracy in/ft (mm/3 mm).1 (.25) Maximum Radial Load lb (N) 2 (9) Environmental Rating: Standard IP54 MOTOR STATOR RMS Sinusoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (N-m) (1.88) (1.87) (1.77) (1.78) (3.3) (3.3) (3.2) (3.1) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 25 C) N-m/A (.49) (.99) (1.75) (1.98) (.49) (.99) (1.75) (1.98) Continuous Current Rating Amps Peak Current Rating Amps Trapezoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (N-m) (1.79) (1.78) (1.69) (1.7) (2.89) (2.89) (2.88) (2.88) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 25 C) (N-m/A) (.39) (.77) (1.37) (1.54) (.39) (.77) (1.37) (1.54) Continuous Current Rating Amps Peak Current Rating Amps Motor Stator Data Voltage Constant (Ke) Vrms / Krpm Vpk / Krpm Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L) (+/ 25 C) Ohms Inductance (L-L) (+/ 5%) mh Brake Inertia lbf-in-sec (Kg-cm 2 ) (1.6) (1.6) (1.6) (1.6) (1.6) (1.6) (1.6) (1.6) Brake 24 Vdc A Brake Holding Torque lbf-in (Nm) (3.2) (3.2) (3.2) (3.2) (3.2) (3.2) (3.2) (3.2) Brake Engage/Disengage Time ms 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 Mech. Time Constant (tm), ms min max Electrical Time Constant (te) ms Damping Constant lbf-in/krpm (N-m/krpm) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.37) (.37) Friction Torque lbf-in (N-m) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.51) (.51) Bus Voltage Vrms Bus Voltage rpm Motor Wire Insulation Class 18 H Motor Stator Rating Class 18 H Thermal Switch, Stator Temp. C 13 Std. Connectors ("S" Option): Motor & Brake MS-3112-E16-8P Feedback MS-3112-E16-23P All ratings at 25 degrees Celsius For amplifiers with peak sinusoidal commutation Kt = Ktrms(.77), Ic = Icrms/(.77), Ipk = Ipkrms/(.77) Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 1 x 1 x 3/8 GSM Series Specifications subject to change without notice. 46

50 GSM4 Series Mechanical / Electrical Specifications GSM4 Nominal Backlash in (mm).8 (.2) Lead Accuracy in/ft (mm/3 mm).1 (.25) Maximum Radial Load lb (N) 3 (135) Environmental Rating: Standard IP54 MOTOR STATOR RMS Sinusoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (N-m) (5.38) (5.37) (5.5) (5.14) (8.91) (8.91) (8.91) (9.) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 25 C) N-m/A (.46) (.93) (1.65) (1.9) (.46) (.93) (1.65) (1.9) Continuous Current Rating Amps Peak Current Rating Amps Trapezoidal Commutation lbf-in (N-m) (5.14) (5.13) (4.83) (4.91) (8.51) (8.51) (8.5) (8.6) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 25 C) (N-m/A) (.36) (.72) (1.28) (1.48) (.36) (.72) (1.28) (1.48) Continuous Current Rating Amps Peak Current Rating Amps Motor Stator Data Voltage Constant (Ke) Vrms / Krpm (+/ 25 C) Vpk / Krpm Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L) (+/ 25 C) Ohms Inductance (L-L) (+/ 15% ) mh Brake Inertia lbf-in-sec (Kg-cm 2 ) (1.6) (1.6) (1.6) (1.6) (1.6) (1.6) (1.6) (1.6) Brake 24 Vdc A Brake Holding Torque lbf-in (Nm) (11) (11) (11) (11) (11) (11) (11) (11) Brake Engage/Disengage Time ms 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 2/29 Mech. Time Constant (tm), ms min max Electrical Time Constant (te) ms Damping Constant lbf-in/krpm (N-m/krpm) (.37) (.37) (.37) (.37) (.37) (.37) (.37) (.37) Friction Torque lbf-in (N-m) (.51) (.51) (.51) (.51) (.51) (.51) (.51) (.51) Bus Voltage Vrms Bus Voltage rpm Motor Wire Insulation Class 18 H Motor Stator Rating Class 18 H Thermal Switch, Stator Temp. C 13 Std. Connectors ("S" Option): Motor & Brake MS-312-E2-15P Feedback MS-3112-E16-23P All ratings at 25 degrees Celsius For amplifiers with peak sinusoidal commutation Kt = Ktrms(.77), Ic = Icrms/(.77), Ipk = Ipkrms/(.77) Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 12 x 12 x 1/2 Specifications subject to change without notice. 47

51 Standard Connectors The S connector option on the GSM Series of actuators provides for an actuator with Exlar s standard MS style connectors, compatible with Exlar s standard cables. Cables For GSM Series Actuators With Exlar Standard S Connections Power Connecto- Standard Exlar Cables rization Description Power Cable GSM2 S Standard Power, Molded, Shielded PC1-MC-xxx GSM3 E Standard Power, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded PC1-EC-xxx GSM4 S Standard Power, Molded, Shielded PC7-MC-xxx GSM Series S Standard Power, Anodized, Required If Using Brake Option PC7-AC-xxx E Standard Power, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded PC7-EC-xxx Feedback Cables Standard Exlar Feedback Cable GSM2 S Standard Resolver Feedback, Anodized, Molded, Shielded EC4-MC-xxx GSM3 S Standard Encoder Feedback, Anodized, Molded, Shielded EC4-MC-xxx E Standard Resolver Feedback, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded EC4-EC-xxx E Standard Encoder Feedback, Anodized, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded EC4-EC-xxx GSM4 S Standard Resolver Feedback, Anodized, Molded, Shielded EC4-MC-xxx S Standard Encoder Feedback, Anodized, Molded, Shielded EC4-MC-xxx E Standard Resolver Feedback, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded EC1-EC-xxx E Standard Encoder Feedback, Anodized, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded EC1-EC-xxx Brake Cables Standard Exlar Brake Cable GSM2 S Brake Leads In Power Cable Connector N/A GSM3 E Brake Leads In Power Cable Connector N/A GSM4 S Brake Leads In Power Cable Connector N/A E Brake Leads In Power Cable Connector N/A * Standard lengths of 15, 25 and 5 Specifications subject to change without notice. 48

52 Cables For GSM Series Actuators With M Connectors Amplifier Exlar Power Power Feedback Feedback Exlar Manufacturer Feedback Cable Cable Cable Cable Actuator and Type Callout Manufacturer Part Number Manufacturer Part Number GSM2 Allen Bradley AB1 Exlar PC1-MC-xxx Allen Bradley xxx GSM3 Ultra 1/2 Allen Bradley AB7* Allen Bradley 29-UXNPAMP-16Sxx Allen Bradley 29-UXNFBMP-Sxx Ultra 3/5 Allen Bradley AB4/AB5* Allen Bradley 29-UXNPAMP-16Sxx Allen Bradley 29-UXNFBMP-Sxx** Ultra 3/5 Control Techniques En, EM2 Control Techniques CMDS-xxx Control CFCS-xxx Epsilon and MDS Series Techniques Kollmorgen Servo Star KM1 Kollmorgen CSSSRHA1H-xxx Kollmorgen CSSSRHA1H-xxx & Servo Star CD (set includes feedback cable) (set includes power cable) Kollmorgen KM5/KM2 Kollmorgen CSSSRHG1H-xxx Kollmorgen CSSSRHG1H-xxx Servo Star 6 (set includes feedback cable) (set includes power cable) Kollmorgen KM3/KM4 Kollmorgen CSSSS3HG2H-xxx Kollmorgen CSSSS3HG2H-xxx Servo Star 6 set includes feedback cable) (set includes power cable) Bosch/Rexroth Indramat IN1 Bosch/Rexroth IKG477, IKG417, IKG49, IKG48 Bosch/Rexroth IKS41 DKC Series, ECO Drive Indramat depending on Indramat amplifier Indramat Bosch/Rexroth Indramat IN2 Bosch/Rexroth IKG477, IKG417, IKG49, IKG48 Bosch/Rexroth IKS41 DKC Series, ECO Drive Indramat depending on Indramat amplifier Indramat Bosch/Rexroth Indramat IN4/IN3 Bosch/Rexroth IKG49 Bosch/Rexroth IKS4374 DKC Series, ECO Drive Indramat Indramat Bosch/Rexroth Indramat IN1 Bosch/Rexroth IKG477 Bosch/Rexroth IKS41 DIAX Series Indramat Indramat Bosch/Rexroth Indramat IN2 Bosch/Rexroth IKG477 Bosch/Rexroth IKS41 DIAX Series Indramat Indramat Bosch/Rexroth Indramat IN3 Bosch/Rexroth IKG477 Bosch/Rexroth IKS4374 DIAX Series Indramat Indramat Parker Compumotor PC3 Exlar PC6-MC-xxx Parker XX Gemini Series Compumotor Yaskawa Sigma II Series YS3 Yaskawa B1E-xxA Yaskawa JZSP-CMP2-XX(B) (3 inch and smaller motors 1/2VAC) Yaskawa Sigma II Series YS3 Yaskawa BAE-xxA Yaskawa JZSP-CMP2-XX(B) (3 inch and smaller motors 4VAC) GSM4 Allen Bradley AB1 Exlar PC7-MC-xxx Allen Bradley xxx Ultra 1/2 Allen Bradley AB7* Allen Bradley 29-UXNPAMP-14Sxx Allen Bradley 29-UXNFBMP-Sxx Ultra 3/5 Allen Bradley AB4/AB5* Allen Bradley 29-UXNPAMP-14Sxx Allen Bradley 29-UXNFBMP-Sxx** Ultra 3/5 Control Techniques En, EM2 Control Techniques CMMS-xxx Control CFCS-XXX Epsilon and MDS Series Techniques Kollmorgen Servo Star KM1 Kollmorgen CSSSRHA2H-xxx Kollmorgen CSSSRHA2H-xxx & Servo Star CD (set includes feedback cable) (set includes power cable) Kollmorgen KM5/KM2 Kollmorgen CSSSRHG2H-xxx Kollmorgen CSSSRHG2H-xxx Servo Star 6 (set includes feedback cable) (set includes power cable) Kollmorgen KM4/KM3 Kollmorgen CSSSS3HG2H-xxx Kollmorgen CSSSS3HG2H-xxx Servo Star 6 (set includes feedback cable) (set includes power cable) Bosch/Rexroth IN1 Bosch/Rexroth IKG49 Bosch/Rexroth IKS41 Indramat DKC Series, ECO Drive Indramat Indramat Bosch/Rexroth IN2 Bosch/Rexroth IKG49 Bosch/Rexroth IKS41 Indramat DKC Series, ECO Drive Indramat Indramat Bosch/Rexroth IN3/IN4 Bosch/Rexroth IKG49 Bosch/Rexroth IKS4374 Indramat DKC Series, ECO Drive Indramat Indramat Bosch/Rexroth IN1 Bosch/Rexroth IKG477 Bosch/Rexroth IKS41 Indramat DIAX Series Indramat Indramat Bosch/Rexroth IN2 Bosch/Rexroth IKG477 Bosch/Rexroth IKS41 Indramat DIAX Series Indramat Indramat Bosch/Rexroth IN3 Bosch/Rexroth IKG477 Bosch/Rexroth IKS4374 Indramat DIAX Series Indramat Indramat Parker Compumotor PC3 Exlar PC7-MC-xxx Parker XX Gemini Series Compumotor Yaskawa Sigma II Series YS2 Yaskawa B1E-xxA Yaskawa JZSP-CMP2-XX(B) (4 inch and larger motors 1/2VAC) Yaskawa Sigma II Series YS2 Yaskawa BAE-xxA Yaskawa JZSP-CMP2-XX(B) (4 inch and larger motors 4VAC) * For manufactured cables that do not contain leads for brake connection within the power or feedback cable, the M connector configuration will be provided with Exlar s standard power receptacle, and Exlar s standard PC1-AC-xxx, or PC7-AC-xxx power cable should be used. ** Exlar Corporation uses absolute encoders for AB4 and AB5 configurations that are powered by 5 VDC. A customer not using Allen-Bradley s universal feedback cable referenced here, must make provisions such that the wiring scheme provides connectivity according to Allen-Bradley s wiring requirements for 5 VDC encoder power from the amplifier to the encoder. 49

53 GSM Series Travel Options PF = Preloaded Follower This option offers a true zero backlash follower for the GSM Series actuator. The dynamic load rating of zero backlash, preloaded screws is 63% of the dynamic load rating of the standard non-preloaded screws. The calculated travel life of a preloaded screw will be 25% of the calculated travel life of the same size and lead of a non-preloaded screw for the same application. Preloaded follower is not available with absolute internal feedback option. RB = Rear Electic Brake This option provides an internal holding brake for the GSM Series actuators. The brake is spring activated and electrically released. AR = External Anti-rotate Assembly This option provides a rod and bushing to restrict the actuator rod from rotating when the load is not held by another method. Shorter actuators have single sided anti-rotation attachments. Longer lengths require attachments on both sides for proper operation. XT = Special Travel Option Selections The XT Option can be used to specify various special travel options on the GSM Series of Linear Actuators. Because this option can be used to specify many things, it is important that an order including the -XT option spell out in detail, the exact options being selected by the including of the -XT in the model number. It is recommended that prior to ordering an actuator including the -XT specifier that a quote be obtained through Exlar s special products application engineers for the desired options, and that quote be referenced on, or included with any order placed. Descriptions: Protective Bellows High Temp Protective Bellows Splined Main Rod This option provides an accordion style protective bellows to protect the main actuator rod from damage due to abrasives or other contaminants in the environment in which the actuator must survive. The standard material of this bellows is neoprene coated nylon. This standard bellows is rated for environmental temperatures of -54 degrees to 121 degrees Celsius. Longer strokes may require the main rod of the actuator to be extended beyond standard length. Consult Exlar applications engineers for details. This option provides an accordion style protective bellows to protect the main actuator rod from damage due to abrasives or other contaminants in the environment in which the actuator must survive. The high temperature material of this bellows is silicone coated fiberglass. This standard bellows is rated for environmental temperatures of -73 degrees to 288 degrees Celsius. Longer strokes may require the main rod of the actuator to be extended beyond standard length. Consult Exlar applications engineers for details. This option provides a main rod manufactured of ball spline shafting, and the front seal and bushing assembly replaced with a ball spline nut to provide the anti-rotate function without using an external mechanism. Rod diameters are the closest metric equivalents to standard Exlar rod sizes. This option is NOT sealed in any way. This option is not suitable for any environment in which contaminants come in contact with the actuator, and may enter the actuator. L1, L2, L3 = Adjustable External Travel Switches This option allows up to 3 external switches to be included with the GSM Series Actuator. These switch es provide travel indication to the controller and are adjustable. See drawing on page 57. Must purchase anti-rotate with this option. XL = Non-Standard Lubrication This option provides for indication in the model number that the customer has specified a lubrication other than the standard provided by Exlar. GSM Series 5

54 Motor Speed Designators All Exlar T-LAM motors and actuators carry a standard motor speed designator as defined below. This is representative of the standard base speed of the motor, for the selected bus voltage. Designator Base Speed Actuator/Motor Series -5 5 rpm GSM2-3 3 rpm GSM3/GSM Special Speed, Consult Exlar If the model number is created and the location for the motor speed designator is left blank, this is the base speed to which each motor will be manufactured. The model number can also be created including this standard speed designator. Exlar also provides the flexibility to manufacture all of its T-LAM products with special base speeds to match the customer s exact application requirements. This may be a higher than standard speed motor, or lower base speed than standard which will allow the customer to get the required torque, at a speed optimized to their application, and use the minimum amount of current from their amplifier. The call out for a special speed is configured in the model number by using a two digit code from These numbers represent the number, in hundreds, of RPM that will be the base speed for the particular motor. For example, an GSM BSA-EM motor that normally has a 3 rpm standard winding, can be changed to a 33 rpm winding by changing the -3, to a -33. It can be changed to a 5 rpm winding by changing the -3 to a -5. Changing this speed designator will change the ratings of the motor, and these must be obtained from Exlar applications engineers. Also, it is not possible to produce every possible speed from -1 to -99 for each motor at each voltage so please contact Exlar applications engineers for confirmation of the speed that is desired for the application. Motor Options GSM motor options are described with a 3 digit code. The first digit calls out the stack length, the second the rated bus voltage, and the third the number of poles of the motor. Refer to the mechanical/ electrical specifications for motor torque and actuator rated force. 118 = 1 stack, 115 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 138 = 1 stack, 23 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 158 = 1 stack, 4 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 168 = 1 stack, 46 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 218 = 2 stack, 115 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 238 = 2 stack, 23 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 258 = 2 stack, 4 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 268 = 2 stack, 46 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 Note: 3 stack not available in GSM Series Rod End Attachments Rear Clevis Pin Spherical Rod Eye Rod Eye Rod Clevis See drawings on pages Attachments ordered separate from actuator. Housing Options P5 = IP65 Sealing Option HC = Type III Hard Coat Anodized, Class 1 This option provides an actuator with type III hard coat anodized coating. Class 1, no dye. XH = Special Housing Option Any housing option that is not designated by the above codes should be listed as XH and described at time of order. All special options must be discussed with Exlar engineering. 51

55 GSM2 Double Side Mounts or Extended Tie Rod Mounts Single Side Mount On This Side 1. [25.4].75 [19.5] Ø x.25 Deep.12 [ ] (Double Side [3.1] Mount Only) 2.24 [56.9] +. Ø [38.1 ] [25.4] 2.24 [56.9] 1.12 [28.45] #1-24 UNC-2A* 1/4-2 UNC-2B x.375 Deep (x4 SS, x8 DS) 1. Three mounting styles shown 2. Shown view is standard side for single side mount * If ìm metric tie rod option, thread = M5X.8 GSM2 Trunnion Mount 2.74 [69.6] 1. [25.4].25 [6.4] 1. [25.4] Ø1.5 [38.1] ±.1 ±.3 Dim "B" Dim "A" GSM Series 2.24 [56.9] [79.1] [129.9] 1. [25.4] Dim "C" Dim "A" GSM2 Clevis Mount or Front Flange Mount Ø.125 [3.2] Ø.25 [6.4] 1. [25.4] [25.4] [44.5] [56.8] Ø.52 [12.8 ] R.625 [15.9] [79.4] 3.75 [95.3].438 [11.13] Dim "D".75 [19.1] 1.5 [38.1] Dim 3 inch stroke (mm) 6 inch stroke (mm) 1 inch stroke (mm) 12 inch stroke (mm) A (197.5) (273.7) (375.3) (426.1) B (142.6) (218.8) (32.4) (371.2) C 3. (76.2) 6. (152.4) 1. (254.4) 12. (34.8) D (222.9) (299.1) (4.7) (451.5) Note: Add 1.9 inches (48 mm) to Dims A & B if ordering Brake Two mounting styles shown [19.1] 2. With flange mount, dimension A is equivalent to top two drawings 52

56 GSM3, Double Side Mounts or Extended Tie Rod Mount Ø [89.8] Single Side Mount On This Side 1.32 [33.5].962 [24.4].313 [7.95] +. Ø [ ] x.25 Deep (Double Side Mount Only) 3.46 [77.4] Ø [5.8 ] [44.5] 1/4-2 UNC-2A* 1/4-2 UNC-2B 3.46 x.38 Deep [77.4] (x4 SS, x8 DS) 1. Three mounting styles shown 2. Shown view is standard side for single side mount * If M metric tie rod option, thread = M6X1.25 [6.35] Dim "B" Dim "A" GSM3 Side Trunnion Mount [9.1] 1.32 [33.5] Ø Ø 1.5 [38.1] ±.1 ± [77.37] [99.6] [15.4] 1. [25.4] Dim "C" Dim "A" GSM3 Rear Clevis Mount or Front Flange Mount.25 [6.35] Ø.397 (4x) [1.8] 1.32 [33.5] +. Ø [19.6 ] [61.72] 5.25 [133.4] [93.7] 5.94 [15.9] 3.5 [77.4].438 [11.13] Dim "D" R.75 [19.1] 1.25 [31.8] Dim 3 inch (mm) stroke 6 inch (mm) stroke 1 inch (mm) stroke 14 inch (mm) stroke 18 inch (mm) stroke A (29.4) (272.2) (386.5) (488.1) (589.7) B (156.1) 8.62 (218.9) (333.3) (434.8) (536.4) C 5.38 (136.7) 8.6 (23.4) 1. (254.) 14. (355.6) 18. (457.2) D (24.9) (33.8) (418.) (519.6) (621.2) Note: Add 1.6 Inches to Dims "A, & D" if ordering an Electric Brake. 2.5 [63.5] 1. Two mounting styles shown 2. With flange mount, dimension A is equivalent to top two drawings Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 53

57 GSM4 Single, Double Side Mounts or Extended Tie Rod Mount Ø [17.8] B.C. Single Side Mount On This Side 1.65 [41.9] 1.38 [35.1].1 [2.5] Ø [ ] x.375 Deep (Double Side Mount Only) 3.9 [99.1] Ø [63.5] 1.75 [44.5] 3/8-16 UNC-2A 3.9 3/8-16 UNC-2B [99.1] x.5 Deep (x4 SS, x8 DS) 1. Three mounting styles shown 2. Shown view is standard side for single side mount * If M metric tie rod option, thread = M8X [8.] Dim "B" Dim "A" GSM Series GSM4 Side Trunnion Mount 4.4 [111.8] 1.65 [41.9] Ø 1.5 ±.1 [38.1 ±.3] Ø 2. [5.8] 3.9 [99.1] [124.4] [175.2] 1. [25.4] Dim "C" Dim "A" GSM4 Rear Clevis Mount or Front Flange Mount Ø.25 (4) [41.9] +. Ø [19.1.] [74.2] 3.8 [96.5] R.75 [19.1] 6.8 [172.7] 5.25 [133.4] 7.68 [195.1] Ø.516 [13.1] (4X) Dim 6 inch (mm) stroke 8 inch (mm) stroke 1 inch (mm) stroke 12 inch (mm) stroke 18 inch (mm) stroke A (319.6) (37.4) (421.1) (472.) (624.4) B 1.31 (261.8) (312.6) (363.5) (414.2) (566.6) C 6. (152.4) 8. (23.2) 1. (254) 12. (34.8) 18. (457.2) D (364.) (414.8) (465.6) 2.33 (516.4) (668.8) Note: Add 2.33 Inches to Dims "A,B,&D" if ordering an Electric Brake..625 [15.9] Dim "D" 1.25 [31.8] 2.5 [63.5] 1.25 [31.8] 1. Two mounting styles shown 2. With flange mount, dimension A is equivalent to top two drawings Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 54

58 Actuator Rod End Options B *A Dim = 4mm A D øc B D øc øe Male Thread øe Female Thread F A B øc D øe F Male U.S. Male Metric Female U.S. Female Metric inch inch inch inch inch inch (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) GSM M8X M8X1 (2.7) (9.5) (12.7) (5.1) (11.2) (19.1) UNF 2A UNF 2B GSM M12X1.75* M1X1.5 (19.1) (12.7) (15.9) (7.1) (14.3) (19.1) UN F 2A UNF 2B GSM M16X M16X1.5 (38.1) (19.1) (25.4) (9.7) (22.2) (25.4) UNF 2A UNF 2B Part numbers for rod attachment options indicate the through hole size or pin diameter. Before selecting a spherical rod eye for use with a GSM series actuator, please consult the information on the anti-rotation option for the GSM actuators. Spherical rod eyes will allow the rod to rotate if the load is not held. Rod Clevis Dimensions øg D E D B A C øf GSM2 GSM3 GSM4 RC38 RC5 RC75 A.787 (2 mm).75 (19.1 mm) (28.58 mm) B.787 (2 mm).75 (19.1 mm) 1.25 (31.75 mm) C (4 mm) 1.5 (38.1 mm) (6.3 mm) D.575 (14.6 mm).5 (12.7 mm).625 (15.88 mm) E.375 (9.5 mm).765 (19.43 mm) (32.13 mm) øf.375 (9.5 mm).5 (12.7 mm).75 (19.1 mm) øg.75 (19.1 mm) 1. (25.4 mm) 1.5 (38.1 mm) H NA 1. (25.4 mm) 1.25 (31.75 mm) øj NA 1. (25.4 mm) 1.25 (31.75 mm) K 3/8-24 7/16-2 3/4-16 H K øj Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 55

59 Spherical Rod Eye Dimensions D G F øb E A C GSM2 GSM3 GSM4 SRM38 SRM44 SRM75 A (41.3 mm) 1.81 (46. mm) 2.88 (73.2 mm) øb.375 (9.525 mm).438 (11.13 mm).75 (19.1 mm) C.96 (23. mm) 1.6 (26.9 mm) 1.72 (43.7 mm) D 1. (25.4 mm) 1.13 (28.7 mm) 1.75 (44.5 mm) E +_ 6 deg 14 deg 14 deg F.46 (1.3 mm).44 (11.1 mm).69 (17.5 mm) G.5 (12.7 mm).56 (14.2 mm).88 (22.3 mm) H.688 (17.4 mm).75 (19.1 mm) 1.13 (28.7 mm) J.562 (14.3 mm).63 (16. mm) 1. (25.4 mm) K 3/8-24 7/16-2 3/4-1 H J K GSM Series Rod Eye Dimensions E A A B A øa D C GSM3 GSM4 RE5 RE75 øa.5 (12.7 mm).75 (19.1 mm) B.75 (19.1 mm) 1.25 (31.8 mm) C 1.5 (38.1 mm) 2.6 (52.3 mm) D.75 (19.1 mm) 1.13 (28.7 mm) E.63 (16. mm).88 (22.3 mm) F 7/16-2 3/4-16 F Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 56

60 Rear Clevis Pin Dimensions C B C øe ød A A B C ød øe GSM2/GSM CP5 (57.9 mm) (49.28 mm) (4.32 mm) (12.7 mm) (2.41 mm) GSM3/GSM CP75 (78.5 mm) (69.1 mm) (4.82 mm) (19.1 mm) (3.56 mm) GSM2, GSM3 and GSM4 External Limit Switch Extension Options Dim A 3 inch 6 inch 1 inch 12 inch 14 inch 18 inch (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) stroke stroke stroke stroke stroke stroke GSM NA NA NA (14.1) (216.3) NA (368.7) NA NA GSM (176.1) (249.7) (351.3) (42.1) (452.9) (554.5) GSM4 NA NA (249.7) (351.3) (42.1) (452.9) (554.5) 36" Flying Leads L1 L2 L3 DIM "A" The external limit switch option (requires anti-rotate option) for the GSM Series of linear actuators provides the user with 1, 2 or 3 externally mounted adjustable switches for use as the end of travel limit switches or home position sensors. The number of switches desired is selected by ordering the L1, L2 or L3 option, in which 1, 2 or 3 switches will be provided, respectively. The switches are 9-3 VDC powered, PNP output, with either normally open or normally closed logic operation depending on the switch configuration ordered. Below is a diagram which logic operation will be provided for each switch, based on the option ordered. Option SW1 SW2 SW3 L1 Not Supplied Normally Open Not Supplied L2 Normally Closed Not Supplied Normally Closed L3 Normally Closed Normally Open Normally Closed Switch Type Exlar Part Number Turck Part Number Normally Closed Switch BIM-INT-RP6X Normally Open Switch 2233 BIM-INT-AP6X Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 57

61 GSM Series Ordering Information AA = GSM Actuator Size 21 = 2.25 inch frame actuator 31 = 3.3 inch frame actuator 41 = 3.9 inch frame BB = Stroke Length 3 = 3 inch stroke (GSM2 and GSM3) 6 = 6 inch, All (GSM3 = 5.9 inch) 1 = 1 inch(gsm2, GSM3 and GSM4) 12 = 12 inch (GSM2, GSM3 and GSM4) 18 = 18 inch (GSM3 and GSM4) CC = Lead 1 =.1 inch (GSM2, GSM3 and GSM4) 2 =.2 inch (All) 4 =.4 inch (GSM2) 5 =.5 inch ( GSM3 and GSM4) 8 =.75 inch (GSM4) 5 D = Connections B = Embedded leads S = Exlar standard, 23 pin feedback, 8 pin power I = Intercontec style (Exlar standard European style connector) M = Manufacturer's Connectors 1 P = Embedded leads with plug E = MS style, electroless nickel X = Special (please specify) E = Mounting S = Side Mount D = Double Mount F = Front Flange C = Rear Clevis E = Extended Tie Rod T = Trunnion Mount M = Metric Extended Tie Rods F = Rod End A = Male,Metric B = Female,Metric M = Male, US Standard Thread F = Female, US Standard Thread Note: 1. Available with AB1, AB4/5, AB7, CT1, CT2, EM2, KM4, KM5, KM6, IN1, IN2, IN4, LZ1, LZ5, PC3, PS3, YS2 and YS3 feedback. This option allows the customer to use the standard cables supplied by their amplifier manufacturers. 2. Use of the Allen-Bradley 1394 requires assistance from Allen- Bradley to configure the axis for a custom motor. 3. Stator voltage and pole options allow for catalog rated performance at varying amplifier bus voltages and pole configuration requirements. 4. Emerson EN and Epsilon Series, A-B Ultra Series, and Kollmorgen ServoStar Series amps require motor data files for operation with GSM Series actuators. These files can be downloaded from our website at Inquire with Exlar applications engineers for details lead not available in 12 stroke GSM AA - BB CC - D E F - GGG - HHH - II - {XX..XX} GGG = Brushless Amplifier (Please indicate the amplifier to be used to power the actuator) XX1 = Custom Feedback - purchaser must supply drawing of feedback device and desired wiring drawings OO1 = Standard Feedback Mount - actuator is supplied ready for size 15 resolver or encoder, includes.375 mm shaft OO2 = Same as above with 8mm shaft If the Rockwell Allen-Bradley system that you are using is the Kinetix platform or SERCOS based, additional software and data files are required from Allen-Bradley. Please contact your Rockwell Allen-Bradley representative for support. AB1 = Allen-Bradley Ultra 1/2 4 (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) AB5 = Allen Bradley Ultra 3 or 5 4 (multi-turn, absolute encoder) AB6 = Allen Bradley (resolver)(replaces AB2) AB7 = Allen Bradley Ultra 3 or 5 4 (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) AD1 = Advanced Digital "Simple Servo" (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) AP1 = API resolver based (resolver) AP2 = API encoder based (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) AM1 = Advanced Motion Controls (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) AM2 = Advanced Motion Controls (incremental encoder, 1 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) AM3 = Advanced Motion Controls (resolver) AM4 = Advanced Motion Controls BX Series default settings (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) BD2 = Baldor Flex Series (resolver)(replaces BD1) BD3 = Baldor Flex Series (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) BM2 = Baumueller bmaxx & BUM series (resolver) BO1 = Bosch (resolver) CC1 = Cleveland Machine Controls (resolver) CM1 = Comau (resolver) CO1 = Copley Controls (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) CT1 = Control Techniques Unidrive SP (Stegmann SRM 5 multi-turn absolute encoder) CT3 = Control Techniques Unidrive SP (Stegmann SKM 36 multi-turn absolute encoder) CT4 = Control Techniques Unidrive SP (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) CS1 = Parker (Custom Servo Motors) MPA, MPSL (resolver) CS2 = Parker (Custom Servo Motors) Servo Flex (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) EL1 = Elmo Motion Control (resolver) EL2 = Elmo CLA, SBA, FLU Series, (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) EM2 = Emerson En, Epsilon, MDS Series and Uni-Drive 4 (std encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) EM3 = Emerson MX Series (resolver) EM4 = Emerson UniDrive SP (resolver) EU1 = Elau (multi-turn, absolute encoder) EX4 = Exlar SV Series (resolver) (replaces EX3) GL1 = Sheffield Automation (G&L) Smart Drive (standard encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) If selecting the "M" connector option with GL1, the motor power and encoder connector configuration will be equivalent to that used on the Sheffield Automation HSM Series motors. GL2 = Sheffield Automation (G&L) Smart Drive (standard encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) If selecting the "M" connector option with GL2, the motor power and encoder connector configuration will be equivalent to that used on the Sheffield Automation LSM/MSM Series motors. IN1 = Bosch-Rexroth (Indramat) ECO Drive, (absolute, multi-turn Heidenhain encoder) IN2 = Bosch-Rexroth (Indramat) ECO Drive, (absolute, single-turn Heidenhain encoder) IN4 = Bosch-Rexroth (Indramat) ECO Drive, standard resolver (resolver)(replaces IN3) KM4 = Kollmorgen ServoStar6 Series 4 (multi-turn, absolute encoder) KM5 = Kollmorgen ServoStar6 Series 4 and ServoStar CD(resolver)(replaces KM2) KM6 = Kollmorgen ServoStar3 Series 4 (std encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) LZ1 = Lenze 93 Series (multi-turn absolute encoder) LZ5 = Lenze 93 Series (resolver) MD1 = Modicon (resolver) MX1 = Metronix ARS Series (resolver) OR1 = Ormec (resolver) PC1 = Parker Compumotor Apex & Z Series (resolver) PC2 = Parker Compumotor TQ Series (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) PC3 = Parker Compumotor Gemini Series (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) PC6 = Parker Incremental Encoder, Euro Connectors PC7 = Parker Compax 3 (resolver) PC8 = Parker Compumotor with incremental encoder, Parker PS connectors (std encoder, 248 line, 5 VDC) PC9 = Parker Compumotor with multi-turn absolute (Stegmann) encoder. Parker PS connectors PC = Parker Compumotor with resolver, Parker PS connectors (resolver) PS2 = Pacific Scientific (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) PS3 = Pacific Scientific SC9, 7 Series (resolver)(replaces PS1) SM2 = Siemens (resolver) SM3 = Siemens (multi-turn, absolute encoder) SP2 = In Motion, PAM Series (resolver) WD1 = Whedco (GE Fanuc) (resolver) YS2 = Yaskawa Sigma II Series for 4 inch and larger Exlar motors (multi-turn absolute encoder) YS3 = Yaskawa Sigma II Series for 3 inch and smaller Exlar actuators (multi-turn absolute encoder, type 1) HHH = Motor Stator = 1 stack, 115 Vrms, 8 pole 158 = 1 stack, 4 Vrms, 8 pole 218 = 2 stack, 115 Vrms, 8 pole 258 = 2 stack, 4 Vrms, 8 pole 138 = 1 stack, 23 Vrms, 8 pole 168 = 1 stack, 46 Vrms, 8 pole 238 = 2 stack, 23 Vrms, 8 pole 268 = 2 stack, 46 Vrms, 8 pole II = Motor Speed 3 = 3 rpm, SR31, GSM41 5 = 5 rpm, GSM = Customer Specified Base Speed XX.. XX = Travel and Housing Options (please list desired options) Travel Options Housing Options AR = External Anti-rotate L1/2/3 = External Limit Switch P5 = IP65 Sealing Option RB = Rear Brake XT = Special travel options HC = Type III Hard Coat Anodized XL = Special Lubrication XM = Special Motor Options GSM Series 58

62 EL Series Explosion Proof Linear Actuators The EL Series linear actuators offer users all of the advantages of Exlar s patented inverted roller screw actuator designs in a Class I, div 1, Groups B, C or D* explosionproof package. These electromechanical systems provide process engineers a clean, fast, simple and cost effective replacement for hydraulic actuation and a longer life alternative to pneumatic actuation. The roller screw technology manufactured by Exlar outperforms rival ball screws by 15 times in travel life, and can carry higher loads. The compact design allows users to effectively replace hydraulic or air cylinders with an electromechanical actuator, yet meet all required capabilities of the application. The EL Series actuator is compatible with nearly any manufacturers' resolver-based amplifier. * "Class I" means that flammable gases or vapors may be present in the air in quantities sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures. "Division 1" means that hazardous concentrations in the air may exist continuously, intermittently, or periodically under normal operating conditions. "Group B" allows for atmospheres containing hydrogen, or gases (or vapors) of equivalent hazard, such as manufactured gas. "Group C" allows for atmospheres containing ethyl-ether vapors, ethylene or cyclo propane. "Group D" allows for atmospheres containing gasoline, hexane, naphtha, benzene, butane, alcohol, acetone, benzol, lacquer solvent vapors or natural gas. EL Series actuators are not rated for operation in atmospheres containing acetylene. EL3 Explosion-Proof Linear Actuator Class I, div 1, Groups B, C and D Features T-LAM technology yielding 35%increase in continuous motor torque over traditional windings Resolver feedback 8 pole motors Rod end options 1,2,or 3 stack motor compatible with nearly any servo amplifier Several mounting configurations Potted NPT connectors Windings available from 24 VDC to 46 VAC rms Class 18H insulation system TYPICAL APPLICATIONS FOR EL SERIES EXPLOSION-PROOF MOTORS ARE WELL-SUITED TO MANY APPLICATIONS SUCH AS: Turbine fuel flow Engine test stands Chemical process plants Printing presses Fuel distribution systems Shipbound fuel management 59

63 EL Series Performance Curves The below speed vs. force curves represent approximate continuous thrust ratings at indicated linear speed. Different types of servo amplifiers will offer varying motor torque and thus actuator thrust. These values are at constant velocity and do not account for motor torque required for acceleration. Force (lbf) EL3-.2 Inch Lead 1X8 2X8 3X Speed (inch / sec) EL3-.1 Inch Lead EL3-.5 Inch Lead Force (lbf) X8 2X8 Force (lbf) X8 2X8 3X8 EL Series Speed (inch / sec) Speed (inch / sec) EL3 Performance Specifications Model No. Frame Stroke Screw Force Rating Max. Approx.* Cont. Maximum Armature Dynamic Weight Size Lead 1 stack/ 2 stack Velocity Motor Torque Static Load Inertia Rating** Load (approx) in. in in lb in/sec 1 stack/ 2 stack lb Lb-in-s 2 lb lb (mm) (mm)* (mm) (N) (mm/sec) lb-in (Nm) (N) (Kg-m 2 ) (N) (Kg) EL /885/NA 5 1.8/17.6/NA (79.) (75.) (2.54) (2415/3936/NA) (127.) (1.22/1.99/NA) (121) (.36) (24536) (5.4) EL /442/NA 1 1.8/17.6/NA (79.) (75.) (5.8) (125/1966/NA) (254.) (1.22/1.99/NA) (121) (.36) (25798) (5.4) EL /177/NA /17.6/NA (79.) (75.) (12.7) (485/787/NA) (635.) (1.22/1.99/NA) (121) (.36) (21795) (5.4) EL /885/NA 5 1.8/17.6/NA (79.) (15.) (2.54) (2415/3936/NA) (127.) (1.22/1.99/NA) (121) (.41) (24536) (6.8) EL /442/ /17.6/ (79.) (15.) (5.8) (125/1966/2785) (254.) (1.22/1.99/2.81) (121) (.41) (25798) (6.8) EL /177/ /17.6/ (79.) (15.) 12.7) (485/787/1112) (635.) (1.22/1.99/2.81) (121) (.41) (21795) (6.8) *Please note that stroke mm are nominal dimensions. **Inertia +/ 5%. For definition of terms see page 12. 6

64 EL3 Series Mechanical / Electrical Specifications EL3 Maximum Backlash (not pre-loaded) in (mm).4 (.1) Maximum Backlash (pre-loaded) in (mm). Lead Accuracy in/ft (mm/3 mm).1 (.25) Maximum Radial Load lb (N) 3 (134) Environmental Rating: Standard IP65 MOTOR STATOR 1A8 1B A8 2B RMS Sinusoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (N-m) (1.22) (1.22) (1.23) (1.22) (1.21) (1.16) (1.97) (1.97) (1.99) (1.99) (1.98) (1.98) (2.85) (2.81) (2.67) (2.67) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 8 C) N-m/A (.13) (.13) (.49) (.99) (1.75) (1.98) (.13) (.13) (.49) (.99) (1.75) (1.98) (.5) (.98) (1.77) (1.98) Continuous Current Rating Amps Peak Current Rating Amps Trapezoidal Commutation Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (N-m) (1.16) (1.16) (1.17) (1.17) (1.15) (1.11) (1.88) (1.88) (1.9) (1.9) (1.89) (1.89) (2.72) (2.69) (2.55) (2.55) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 8 C) (N-m/A) (.1) (.1) (.39) (.77) (1.37) (1.54) (.1) (.1) (.39) (.77) (1.37) (1.54) (.39) (.76) (1.38) (1.55) Continuous Current Rating Amps Peak Current Rating Amps Motor Stator Data Voltage Constant (Ke) Vrms / Krpm (+/ 8 C) Vpk / Krpm Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L) (+/ 8 C) Ohms Inductance (L-L)(+/ 5%) mh Mech Time Constant tm, ms min Max Electrical Time Contrant (te) ms Damping Constant lbf-in/krpm (N-m/krpm) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) Friction Torque lbf-in (N-m) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) (.23) Bus Voltage Vrms 24VDC 48VDC VDC 48VDC Bus Voltage RPM Motor Wire Insulation Class 18H Thermal Switch, Stator Temp. C T4 = 13 C T3A = 165 C Connectors Potted NPT Connectors Only For amplifiers using peak sinusoidal ratings, multiply RMS sinusoidal Kt by.77, and peak current by Specifications reflect 8 C test environment Specifications subject to change without notice. 61

65 EL3 Clevis Mount [46.1] 1.82 [31] 1.22 [19.6 ±.3] ø.751±.1 [17.7] 4.24 [11.6] 4. Dim "A" Dim "B" [19.1] R.75 [31.8] 1.25 [63.5] 2.5 EL3 Front Flange Mount [133.4] 5.25 [15.9] 5.94 [93.7] 3.69 [31] 1.22 [11.1].44 Dim "A" [46.1] 1.82 EL Series [77.4] 3.5 [61.7] 2.43 [17.7] 4.24 [1.1] ø.397 (4x) [6.4] ø.25 (4x) [6.8].27 EL3 Base Unit [11.6] 4. Dim "A" [46.1] 1.82 [31] 1.22 [17.7] /4-2 UNC-2B thru 4 places equally spaced on ø3.536 B.C. [6.8].27 Dim 3 inch (76.2 mm) stroke 6 inch (152.4 mm) stroke A 8.57 (217.7) 11.4 (28.5) B 9.7 (246.4) (39.1) 62

66 EL3 Series Ordering Information EL = Model Series EL = EL Series AA = Frame Size 3 = 3 inch nominal BB = Nomimal Stroke Length 3 = 3 inch stroke 6 = 6 inch stroke XX = Special stroke not to exceed 6 inches CC = Screw Lead 1 =.1 inch lead 2 =.2 inch lead 5 =.5 inch lead XX = Special DDD = Connector Options N## = Potted NPT with flying leads X## = length of flying leads in feet leads not to exceed 99 feet E F C H X = Mounting Options = Front Flange = Rear Clevis = Threaded Face = Special Mounting F = Rod Ends M = Male,US std thread A = Male,Metric std thread F = Female,US std thread B = Female,Metric std thread X = Special rod end Notes: 1. Amplifiers require motor data files for operation. See or contact Exlar Engineering. 2. Use of the Allen-Bradley 1394 requires assistance from Allen- Bradley to configure the axis for a custom motor. 3.The dynamic load rating of zero backlash, preloaded screws is 63% of the dynamic load rating of the standard non-preloaded screws. The calculated travel life of a preloaded screw will be 25% of the calculated travel life of the same size and lead of a non-preloaded screw. Preloaded follower is not available with absolute internal feedback option. ELAA - BBCC - DDDEF - GGG - HHH - II - JJJ - XX - ##### GGG = Feedback Options (Please indicate the amplifier to be used.) XX1 = Custom feedback -buyer to supply drawing of desired feedback 1 = Standard feedback mount - actuator is supplied ready for size 15 resolver, includes.375 mm shaft 2 = Same as above with 8 mm shaft AB6 = Allen-Bradley (resolver) AP1 = API (resolver) AM3 = Advanced Motion Controls (resolver) BD2 = Baldor Flex Series (resolver type 1) BM2 = Baumueller bmaxx & BUM series (resolver) BO1 = Bosch (resolver) CC1 = Cleveland Machine Controls (resolver) CM1 = Comau (resolver) CS1 = Parker (Custom Servo Motors) MPA, MPSL (resolver) EL1 = Elmo Motion Control (resolver) EM4 = Emerson UniDrive SP (resolver) EX4 = Exlar SV Series (resolver) IN4 = Bosch-Rexroth (Indramat) ECO Drive (standard resolver) (replaces IN3) KM1 = Kollmorgen Servo Star 1 (resolver) KM5 = Kollmorgen ServoStar 6 and ServoStar CD 1 (resolver) LZ5 = Lenze 93 (resolver) MD1 = Modicon (resolver) MX1 = Metronix ARS Series (resolver) OR1 = Ormec (resolver) PC1 = Parker Compumotor Apex &Z Series (resolver) PC7 = Parker Compumotor with resolver, Parker PS connectors (resolver) PC = Parker Compumotor Compax 3 (resolver) PS3 = Pacific Scientific SC9, 7 Series (resolver) SM2 = Siemens (resolver) SP2 = In Motion, PAM Series (resolver) WD1 = Whedco (GE-Fanuc) (resolver) HHH = Motor Stator 1A8 = 1 stack, 24 Vrms, 8 pole 218 = 2 stack, 115 Vrms, 8 pole 1B8 = 1 stack, 48 Vrms, 8 pole 238 = 2 stack, 23 Vrms, 8 pole 118 = 1 stack, 115 Vrms, 8 pole 258 = 2 stack, 4 Vrms, 8 pole 138 = 1 stack, 23 Vrms, 8 pole 268 = 2 stack, 46 Vrms, 8 pole 158 = 1 stack, 4 Vrms, 8 pole 318 = 3 stack, 115 Vrms, 8 pole 168 = 1 stack, 46 Vrms, 8 pole 338 = 3 stack, 23 Vrms, 8 pole 2A8 = 2 stack, 24 Vrms, 8 pole 358 = 3 stack, 4 Vrms, 8 pole 2B8 = 2 stack, 48 Vrms, 8 pole 368 = 3 stack, 46 Vrms, 8 pole II = Motor Speed 8 = 8 motor poles 1-99 = Two didit number - rated speed in rpm x 1 JJJ = Hazardous Location Temperature Rating T3A = 18 deg C (Samariam Cobolt magnets) T4 = 135 deg C (Neodymium-Iron-Boron magnets) XX = Optional Speed & Mechanical Designations -Multiples possible XL = Special lubrication PF = Preloaded follower 3 XT = Special travel option ##### = Part Number Designator for Specials ##### = Optional 5 digit assigned part number to designate unique model number for specials 63

67 64 EL Series

68 Exlar I Series Linear Actuator Exlar I SeriesTM actuators present a new range of alternatives for linear motion solutions. The I Series actuators offer all of the benefits of Exlar s planetary roller screw technology, along with extreme flexibility in actuator mounting style, and the type of motor used to drive the actuator. Exlar s roller screw technology has been the integral component in creating the most reliable, long lasting electromechanical actuators on the market. Over the last 15 years, Exlar s inverted roller screw actuators have provided a long-life, all-electric replacement for hydraulic cylinders in thousands of applications. The I Series actuators offer this same technology in a series of actuators that are economical and allow the use of lower cost motor technology. Two Models to Fit Your Needs Two product performance levels are available, so you can choose which option best suits your application and budgetary requirements. The IM Series offers Exlar s standard capacity inverted roller screw in actuators with up to 5 times the travel life of ball screw actuators. The IX Series offers the same load carrying capacity as the IM Series but offers up to 15 times the life of an equivalent ball screw. I Series TM Features Proven Exlar roller screw technology Flexible mounting options Adapts to various types of motors Optional inline planetary gear reducer for high force output from lower motor torques IX Series TM Features IP65 sealing Roller screw provides 15X life of ball screw Low backlash IM Series TM Features IP54 sealing Roller screw provides 5X life of ball screw Standard backlash The Exlar Advantage Motor Flexibility The I Series actuators can be ordered to accept the motor type of the your choice. Whether a brushed type DC motor or stepper motor for lower performance applications, or a high performance brushless motor like Exlar s SLM Series, the I Series actuators offer complete flexibility in ordering to accept any type. 65

69 Integral Planetary Gearing The I Series actuators offer economical planetary gearing as an input reduction option. Compared to the low performance spur gears provided by most ball screw actuators, the I Series planetary gears offer an extended life, high input speed and output torque and quiet operation. The performance of the actuator is not limited by the gearing. Standard available ratios of 5:1 and 1:1 allow you to utilize smaller, lower torque motors to drive the I Series actuators, while still achieving the desired output force from the actuator. Sealed Actuator Body The base unit of the IX Series actuators is offered with a standard IP65 rating. The in-line motor mounting adapters and parallel motor mounting adapters can be ordered as IP65 if required for the application. The base unit of the IM Series actuators is offered with a standard IP54 rating. An optional IP65 sealed base unit is available. The in-line motor mounting adapters and parallel motor mounting adapters can be ordered with IP65 if required for the application. Wear and Corrosion Resistant Output Rod The standard actuator main extending rods for the I Series actuators are provided with a surface treatment that provides equivalent corrosion resistance and superior wear resistance to chrome plated rods. The thermo-chemical process creates a surface that is a microstructural zone of iron nitrides, integral with the base material. The resultant surface not only has superior wear qualities compared to chrome, and equivalent corrosion resistance, but also eliminates the flaking issues of an electro-chemically applied process such as chrome plating. Ultimate Flexibility Large Diameter Output Rod The I Series actuators provide a large diameter output rod and excellent internal bushing support which offers you long life in resistance to side loading. Actuator Materials and Coating The standard IM and IX Series actuators provide case materials made of aluminum with clear and black anodized coatings. These materials offer a durable and corrosion resistant package. The standard mounting hardware for the actuators are manufactured from black oxide-coated mild steel. Alternative Materials and Coatings The I Series actuators offer several options to the standard construction for applications requiring further corrosion resistance. The actuator s case parts can be ordered as electroless nickel coated and white powder coat epoxy. Alternatively, the entire case can be constructed from stainless steel using materials you select. The mounting hardware for the I Series actuators can be ordered in two varieties offering more corrosion resistance than the standard components. These include the corrosion resistant mounting accessories which are constructed of mild steel and provided with the same surface preparation as the output rod. Also offered are mounting accessories manufactured from stainless steel. I Series 66

70 I Series Lifetime Curves 8 IM2 1, IX2 Cubic Mean Load (pounds) IM2-xx1 IM2-xx2 IM2-xx4 Cubic Mean Load (pounds) IX2-xx1 IX2-xx2 IX2-xx , 1, 1, Travel Life (Millions of inches) , 1, 1, Travel Life (Millions of inches) 1,4 IM3 2, IX3 Cubic Mean Load (pounds) 1,2 1, IM3-xx1 IM3-xx2 IM3-xx5 Cubic Mean Load (pounds) 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1, IX3-xx1 IX3-xx2 IX3-xx , 1, 1, Travel Life (Millions of inches) 1 1 1, 1, 1, Travel Life (Millions of inches) Cubic Mean Load (pounds) 4, 3,5 3, 2,5 2, 1,5 1, 5 IM4 IM4-xx1 IM4-xx2 IM4-xx5 IM4=xx , 1, 1, Travel Life (Millions of inches) Cubic Mean Load (pounds) IX4 6, 5,5 5, 4,5 4, IX4-xx1 IX4-xx2 IX4-xx5 IX4=xx8 3,5 3, 2,5 2, 1,5 1, , 1, 1, Travel Life (Millions of inches) 67

71 I Series Performance Specifications Approx Continuous Speed at Max Life at Screw Allowable Max Product Frame Size Force* Rated RPM Rated load Lead Continuous Rated Size lbf in/sec in x 1 6 in Input Torque* Input in (mm) (Nm) (mm/sec) (mm x 1 6 ) (mm) lbf-in (Nm) RPM IM2-xx (51) (2571) (212) (74.4) (2.54) (1.3) 5 IM2-xx (51) (1286) (423) (332.7) (5.8) (1.3) 5 IM2-xx (51) (645) (847) (1123.6) (1.16) (1.3) 5 IX2-xx (51) (2571) (212) (198.2) (2.54) (1.3) 5 IX2-xx (51) (1713) (423) (1341.4) (5.8) (1.73) 5 IX2-xx (51) (854) (847) (3587) (1.16) (1.73) 5 IM3-xx (76) (5992) (169) (52.5) (2.54) (3.3) 4 IM3-xx (76) (2998) (338) (177.6) (5.8) (3.3) 4 IM3-xx (76) (1197) (846) (88.29) (12.7) (3.3) 4 IX3-xx (76) (5992) (169) (139.8) (2.54) (3.3) 4 IX3-xx (76) (426) (338) (544.9) (5.8) (4.7) 4 IX3-xx (76) (161) (846) (269) (12.7) (4.7) 4 IM4-xx (12) (17642) (127) (9.35) (2.54) (8.91) 3 IM4-xx (12) (8821) (254) (53.73) (5.8) (8.91) 3 IM4-xx (12) (3527) (635) (829) (12.7) (8.91) 3 IM4-xx (12) (2351) (952) (477) (19.5) (8.91) 3 IX4-xx (12) (17642) (127) (25.4) (2.54) (8.91) 3 IX4-xx (12) (11975) (254) (159.46) (5.8) (12.1) 3 IX4-xx (12) (4791) (635) (2458) (12.7) (12.1) 3 IX4-xx (12) (3193) (952) (1384) (19.5) (12.1) 3 I Series *The continuous force rating is achieved at the allowable continuous input torque level. **Allowable peak input torque is 2X the Allowable continuous input torque. Input torque applies to torque at the actuators drive shaft. Any motor torque values must be multiplied by any belt or gear ratio to determine acceptable input torque levels. Specifications subject to change without notice. 68

72 I Series Mechanical Specifications IM2 / IX2 IM3 / IX3 IM4 / IX4 Nominal Backlash in (mm).8 (.2) /.4 (.1).8 (.2) /.4 (.1).8 (.2) /.4 (.1) Lead Accuracy in/ft (mm/3 mm).1 (.25).1 (.25).1 (.25) Maximum Radial Load lb (N) 25 (111) 35 (155) 45 (2) Environmental Rating: Standard IP54 / IP65 IP54 / IP65 IP54 / IP65 Weights Base Unit - Zero Stroke Adder per inch of stroke Adder for inline (excluding motor) * Adder for gearset Adder for front flange Adder for parallel drive (exluding motor) ** Adder for 2 trunnions Adder for 2 side mounts Adder for 2 adjustable flanges *For Nema motor size matching actuator size **For Nema motor size matching actuator size (I4 adder for Nema 34 = 7.3) I Series Input Torque and Output Force Ratings Input Torque Output Force Continuous Peak Continuous Peak Direct Drive Inline or 1:1 Belt Drive lbf-in N-m lbf-in N-m lbf N lbf N I2 Actuator.1 inch lead inch lead inch lead I3 Actuator.1 inch lead inch lead inch lead I4 Actuator.1 inch lead inch lead inch lead inch lead For configurations that use an input ratio, the input torque rating must be divided by the ratio. The output force ratings remain the same. For the 2:1 parallel belt ratio the input torque ratings must be divided by 2 for allowable motor torque. For the 5:1 internal planetary gearing option the input torque ratings must be divided by 5 for allowable motor torque. For the 1:1 internal planetary gearing option the input torque ratings must be divided by 1 for allowable motor torque. For any custom belt ratio or externally mounted gearing, the input torque ratings must be divided by that ratio for the allowable motor torque. Specifications subject to change without notice. 69

73 I Series Inertia lbf-in-sec2 (kg-m2) I2 Actuator Base Unit - Input Drive Shaft Only /in ( /in) Inline Unit - w/motor Collar Clamp /in ( /in) 5:1 Gearhead - w/motor Collar Clamp /in ( /in) 1:1 Gearhead - w/motor Collar Clamp /in ( /in) 1:1 Reduction Parallel Drive /in ( /in) 2:1 Reduction Parallel Drive /in ( /in) 1:2 Speed Up Ratio Parallel Drive /in ( /in) I3 Actuator Base Unit - Input Drive Shaft Only /in ( /in) Inline Unit - w/motor Collar Clamp /in ( /in) 5:1 Gearhead - w/motor Collar Clamp.23+.1/in ( /in) 1:1 Gearhead - w/motor Collar Clamp.2+.3/in ( /in) 1:1 Reduction Parallel Drive /in ( /in) I Series 2:1 Reduction Parallel Drive /in ( /in) 1:2 Speed Up Ratio Parallel Drive.3+.91/in ( /in) I4 Actuator Base Unit - Input Drive Shaft Only /in ( /in) Inline Unit - w/motor Collar Clamp.2+.73/in ( /in) 5:1 Gearhead - w/motor Collar Clamp.45+.3/in ( /in) 1:1 Gearhead - w/motor Collar Clamp.34+.7/in ( /in) 1:1 Reduction Parallel Drive, 3 Inch Motor /in ( /in) 2:1 Reduction Parallel Drive, 3 Inch Motor /in ( /in) 1:2 Speed Up Ratio Parallel Drive, 3 Inch Motor /in ( /in) 1:1 Reduction Parallel Drive, 4 Inch Motor /in ( /in) 2:1 Reduction Parallel Drive, 4 Inch Motor /in ( /in) 1:2 Speed Up Ratio Parallel Drive, 4 Inch Motor /in ( /in) Specifications subject to change without notice. 7

74 I2 Base Unit.38 [9.5].38 [9.5] 1.25 [31.8] 2.25 [57.2] 2.25 [57.2] Stroke [111.3] Ø.55 [14] I2 Side Flange Attachments 3.94 [1.1] Ø.28 [7.1] *.5 [12.7].38 [9.5] 1.25 [31.8] 2.25 [57.2] 1.75 [44.5] 2.25 [57.2] 3.44 [87.4] *Note:If using integral flange this dimension is.38 [9.5] Stroke [111.3] Ø.55 [14] I2 Side Lug Attachments 2.87 [72.8].63 [15.9] *1. [25.4] Ø.41 [1.3] *1. [25.4] Ø [57.2] 5. [127] 4. [11.6] *Note: Approximate distance for shipping. May be re-positioned by customer per application..38 [9.5] Stroke [111.3].38 [9.5] I2 Side Trunnion Attachments 5.98 [151.9] 2.98 [75.7] *Stroke Length Ø1. [25.4] 2. [5.8] 1.25 [31.8] Ø.55 [14] 2.25 [57.2] 2.25 [57.2] *Note: Approximate distance for shipping. May be re-positioned by customer per application..38 [9.5] Stroke [111.3] 3. [76.2].38 [9.5] 71

75 I2 Parallel Drive 7.64 [194.1] 2.25 [57.2] 2. [5.8] Stroke [55] I2 Inline integrated Coupling.38 [9.5] G 2.25 [57.2] Stroke [111.3] H I2 5:1, 1:1 Planetary Gearset I Series.38 [9.5] G 2.25 [57.2] Stroke [111.3] H Motor Frame Size (Inline Integrated Coupling) G H NEMA (31.8 mm) 2.25 (51.2 mm) Exlar 6mm 1.55 (39.4 mm) 2.36 (6. mm) NEMA (34.7 mm) 3.25 (82.6 mm) NEMA (34.7 mm) 4.19 (16.4 mm) Motor Frame Size (5:1, 1:1 Planetary Gearset) NEMA (217.7 mm) 11.4 (28.5 mm) NEMA (217.7 mm) 11.4 (28.5 mm) 72

76 I3 Base Unit.38 [9.5].5 [12.7] 1.15 [29.3] 3.25 [82.6] 3.25 [82.6] Stroke [156.7] Ø.63 [16] I3 Side Flange Attachments 4.75 [12.7] Ø.41 [1.3] (4x) *.63 [15.9].5 [12.7] 1.15 [29.3] 3.25 [82.6] 2.25 [57.2] 3.25 [82.6] 3.75 [95.3] * Note: If using integral flange this dimension is.5 [12.7] Stroke [156.7] Ø.63 [16] I3 Side Lug Attachments 3.77 [95.8].63 [15.9] *1. [25.4] Ø.41 [1.3] *1. [25.4] 1.15 [29.3] Ø.63 [16] 3.25 [82.6] 5. [127] 4. [11.6] 3.25 [82.6] * Note: Approximate distance for shipping. May be re-positioned by customer per application..38 [9.5] Stroke [156.7].5 [12.7] I3 Side Trunnion Attachments 6.79 [172.5] 3.79 [96.3] * Stroke Length Ø1. [25.4] 2. [5.8] 1.15 [29.3] Ø.63 [16] 3.25 [82.6] 3.25 [82.6] * Note: Approximate distance for shipping. May be re-positioned by customer per application [9.5] [76.2].5 [12.7] Stroke [156.7] 73

77 I3 Parallel drive 3.25 [82.6] Stroke [156.7] 2.17 [55] 2. [5.8] 4. [11.6] 7.64 [194.1] I3 Inline integrated Coupling.38 [9.5] G 3.25 [82.6] Stroke [156.7] H I3 5:1, 1:1 Planetary Gearset.38 [9.5] G I Series 3.25 [82.6] Stroke [156.7] H Motor Frame Size (Inline Integrated Coupling) G H NEMA (22.1 mm) 3.25 (82.6 mm) Exlar 6mm.87 (22.1 mm) 3.25 (82.6 mm) NEMA (19.1 mm) 3.25 (82.6 mm) NEMA (19.1 mm) 4.19 (16.4 mm) Motor Frame Size (5:1, 1:1 Planetary Gearset) NEMA (76.7 mm) 3.25 (82.6 mm) Exlar 6mm 3.2 (76.7 mm) 3.25 (82.6 mm) NEMA (76.7 mm) 3.25 (82.6 mm) Exlar 9mm 3.36 (85.3 mm) 3.52 (89.4 mm) NEMA (76.7 mm) 4.19 (16.4 mm) 74

78 I4 Base Unit.63 [15.9].63 [15.9] 1.38 [35.1] 4.19 [16.4] 4.19 [16.4] Stroke [212.3] Ø.98 [25] I4 Side Flange Attachments 6.25 [158.8] Ø.41 [1.3] (4x) *.88 [22.2].63 [15.9] 1.38 [35.1] 4.19 [16.4] 3. [76.2] 4.19 [16.4] 4.75 [12.7] * Note: If using integral flange this dimension is.63 [15.9] Stroke [212.3] Ø.98 [25] I4 Side Lug Attachments 4.72 [119.9].63 [15.9] *1. [25.4] Ø.52 [13.1] *1. [25.4] 1.38 [35.1] Ø.98 [25] 4.19 [16.4] 6. [152.4] 4.88 [123.8] 4.19 [16.4] * Note: Approximate distance for shipping. May be re-positioned by customer per application..63 [15.9] Stroke [212.3].63 [15.9] I4 Side Trunnion Attachments 7.75 [196.9] 4.75 [12.7] *Stroke Length Ø1. [25.4] 2.25 [57.2] 1.38 [35.1] Ø.98 [25] 4.19 [16.4] 4.19 [16.4] * Note: Approximate distance for shipping. May be re-positioned by customer per application..63 [15.9] 3. [76.2] Stroke [212.3].63 [15.9] 75

79 I4 Parallel Drive [323.9] 4.19 [16.4] Stroke [212.3] 2.7 [68.7] 2.69 [68.3] 5.5 [139.7] I4 Inline integrated Coupling.63 [15.9] G 4.19 [16.4] Stroke [212.3] H I4 5:1, 1:1 Planetary Gearset I Series.63 [15.9] G 4.19 [16.4] Stroke [212.3] H Motor Frame Size (Inline Integrated Coupling) G H NEMA (19.1 mm) 4.19 (16.4 mm) Exlar 9mm 1. (25.4 mm) 4.19 (16.4 mm) NEMA (19.1 mm) 4.19 (16.4 mm) Exlar 115mm 1.25 (31.75 mm) 4.19 (16.4 mm) Motor Frame Size (5:1, 1:1 Planetary Gearset) NEMA (82.6 mm) 4.19 (16.4 mm) Exlar 9mm 3.45 (87.6 mm) 4.19 (16.4 mm) NEMA (82.6 mm) 4.19 (16.4 mm) 76

80 I2 Rod Ends A Male Thread D Female Thread D F ØC B E E Rod End Option Thread A B C D E F M U.S. Male /2-2 UNF-2A (19.1 mm) (22.9 mm) (22.2 mm) (4.4 mm) (5.1 mm) (25.4 mm) F U.S. Female.75 na /2-2 UNF-2B (19.1 mm) na (22.2 mm) (4.4 mm) (24.1 mm) (25.4 mm) A Metric Male M12 x 15 (19.1 mm) (22.9 mm) (22.2 mm) (4.4 mm) (5.1 mm) (25.4 mm) B Metric Female.75 na M12 x 15 (19.1 mm) na (22.2 mm) (4.4 mm) (24.1 mm) (25.4 mm) I3 Rod Ends A D D Male Thread Female Thread F ØC B E E Rod End Option Thread A B C D E F M U.S. Male /4-16 UNF (19.1 mm) (28.6 mm) (22.3 mm) (12.7 mm) (15.8 mm) (35. mm) F U.S. Female.87 na /4-16 UNF (22.1 mm) na (25.4 mm) (12.7 mm) (29.7 mm) (35. mm) A Metric Male M16 x 15 (19.1 mm) (28.6 mm) (22.3 mm) (12.7 mm) (15.8 mm) (35. mm) B Metric Female.87 na M16 x 15 (22.1 mm) na (25.4 mm) (12.7 mm) (29.7 mm) (35. mm) 77

81 I4 Rod Ends A Male Thread D Female Thread D F ØC B E E Rod End Option Thread A B C D E F M U.S. Male UNS-2A (28.6 mm) (41.3 mm) (37.8 mm) (19.1 mm) (22.1 mm) (5. mm) F U.S. Female 1.13 na UNS-2A (28.6 mm) na (37.8 mm) (15.9 mm) (34.8 mm) (5. mm) A Metric Male M27 x 2. (28.6 mm) (41.3 mm) (37.8 mm) (19.1 mm) (22.1 mm) (5. mm) B Metric Female 1.13 na M27 x 2. (28.6 mm) na (37.8 mm) (15.9 mm) (34.8 mm) (5. mm) Rod Clevis Dimensions ØG D E D I Series B A C ØF I2* I3 I4 RC5 RC75 RC1 A TBD (28.58 mm) (41.2 mm) B TBD 1.25 (31.75 mm) 1.5 (38.1 mm) C TBD (6.3 mm) (79.4 mm) D TBD.625 (15.88 mm).75 (19.1 mm) E TBD (32.13 mm) (38.5 mm) ØF TBD.75 (19.1 mm) 1. (25.4 mm) ØG TBD 1.5 (38.1 mm) 2. (5.8 mm) H TBD 1.25 (31.75 mm) 1.5 (38.1 mm) ØJ TBD 1.25 (31.75 mm) 1.5 (38.1 mm) K TBD 3/ *Requires.5 in. dia. pin CPO5. H K ØJ 78

82 Spherical Rod Eye Dimensions D I2/I3 G F ØB E I2 I3 I4 SRM5 SR75 SRF1 A (54. mm) 2.88 (73.2 mm) ØB.5 (12.7 mm).75 (19.1 mm) C (29.4 mm) 1.72 (43.7 mm) D (33.3 mm) 1.75 (44.5 mm) E 6 Deg 14 Deg F.5 (12.7 mm).69 (17.5 mm) G.625 (15.9 mm).88 (22.3 mm) H.875 (22.2 mm) 1.13 (28.7 mm) J.75 (19.1 mm) 1. (25.4 mm) K 1/2-2 3/4-16 See Sperical Rod Eye Drawing Below. Requires Female Rod End. Ø1" H A I4 R1 3/8" 1 7/8" C 7/8" J K R1 7/16" 1 1/2" 1" /2" Clevis Pin Dimensions A B C ØD ØE I2 CP5 TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD C B C E I3 CP (78.5 mm) (69.1 mm) (4.82 mm) (19.1 mm) (3.56 mm) I4 CP (91.2 mm) (81.8 mm) (4.82 mm) (25.4 mm) (3.56 mm) ØD A Rod Eye Dimensions E A A B I2* I3 I4 TBD SR75 SRF1 ØA TBD.75 (19.5 mm) 1. (25.4 mm) B TBD 1.25 (31.8 mm) 1.5 (38.1 mm) C TBD 2.6 (52.3 mm) 2.81 (71.4 mm) D TBD 1.13 (28.7 mm) 1.63 (41.4 mm) E TBD.88 (22.2 mm) 1.19 (3.2 mm) F TBD 3/ D A C ØA F *Requires.5 in. dia. pin CPO5. 79

83 I Series Accessories Ordering Guide I Series Mounting Attachments (include proper number of standard T nuts and screws) Model Number Side Flange Attachments (Black Oxide Steel) Size 2 I Series (2) ISFA-2 Size 3 I Series (2) ISFA-3 Size 4 I Series (2) ISFA-4 Side Trunnion Attachments Size 2 I Series (2) ISTA-2 Size 3 I Series (2) ISTA-3 Size 4 I Series (2) ISTA-4 Side Lug Attachments Size 2 I Series (2) ISLA-2 Size 3 I Series (2) ISLA-3 Size 4 I Series (2) ISLA-4 Mounting Attachments, Corrosion Resistant or Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Side Flange Attachments (Stainless Steel) Size 2 I Series ISSF-2 Size 3 I Series ISSF-3 Size 4 I Series ISSF-4 Corrosion Resistant Side Trunnion Attachments (Treated Hardened Steel Trunnions) Size 2 I Series ICRT-2 Size 3 I Series ICRT-3 Size 4 I Series ICRT-4 Stainless Steel Side Trunnion Attachments (Hardened Stainless Steel Trunnions) Size 2 I Series ISST-2 Size 3 I Series ISST-3 Size 4 I Series ISST-4 Stainless Steel Side Lug Attachments (Stainless Steel) Size 2 I Series ISSL-2 Size 3 I Series ISSL-3 Size 4 I Series ISSL-4 Standard T Nuts and Screws 5/16-18 T nut - use with all mounts ITNUT 5/16-18 x 3/4 screw - use with trunnion mounts ISCR34 5/16-18 x 1 screw - use with side flange and side lug mount ISCR1 Rod End Attachments, Standard Materials (Consult Factory for Corrosion Resistant Options) Spherical Rod Eye Size 2 I Series SRM-5 Size 3 I Series SRM-75 Size 4 I Series (fits standard imperial female threaded rod) SRF-1 Rod Eye Size 2 I Series (requires.5 dia. Pin, CP-5) RE-O5 Size 3 I Series RE-75 Size 4 I Series RE-1 Rod Clevis Size 2 I Series (requires.5 dia. Pin, CP-5) RC-5 Size 3 I Series RC-75 Size 4 I Series RC-1 Clevis Pins for Rod Clevis/Rod Eye Size 2 I Series CP-5 Size 3 I Series CP-75 Size 4 I Series CP-1 Clevis Pins for Spherical Rod Eye Size 2 I Series CP-5 Size 3 I Series CP-75 Size 4 I Series CP-1 I Series Consult Exlar s Application Engineering Department regarding all special actuator components. 8

84 I Series Ordering Information Actuator Series IM = Standard Mechanical Grade, IP54 IX = Premium Mechanical Grade, IP65 AAActuator Frame Size 2 = 2 inch nominal frame actuator 3 = 3 inch nominal frame actuator 4 = 4 inch nominal frame actuator BB = Stroke Length 2-18 = 2 to 18 inches (12 max on I2) 2 inch increments available. 6 and 12 inch for express delivery, other strokes standard delivery CC = Lead (linear motion per screw revolution) 1 =.1 inch 2 =.2 inch 4 =.4 inch 5 =.5 inch (I3 and I4 only) 8 =.75 inch (I4 only, 8 stroke max.) D N F X E M A F B = Mounting Options = None, Base Unit = Front Flange = Special = Rod End Options = Male, US Standard Thread = Male Metric = Female US Standard = Female Metric F = Input Drive Provisions NMT = Drive Shaft Only, No Motor Mount G5 = Inline Planetary Gearing, 5:1 Ratio G1 = Inline Planetary Gearing, 1:1 Ratio ISC = Inline, Includes Shaft Coupling P1 = Parallel, 1:1 Ratio P2 = Parallel, 2:1 Ratio P## = Custom Ratio, (ex. P13 = 1.3:1 ratio) IMAA - BBCC - DE - FFF - GGG - (XX..XX - #####) GGG = Motor Mount Provisions* A## = Alpha numberic motor call out - contact Exlar Applications Engineering Department. Motor not included. NMT = No motor mount - keyed shaft on base unit only N23 = Nema 23 standard dimension N34 = Nema 34 standard dimension N42 = Nema 42 standard dimension. Not available on I2. N56 = Nema 56 standard demension. Not available on I2. M6 = Metric 6mm Exlar standard dimension. Motor not included. Not available on I4. M9 = Metric 9mm Exlar standard dimension. Motor not included. M11 = Metric 115mm Exlar standard dimension. Motor not included. Available on I4 only. AB3,4 = Allen Bradley 3 & 4 inch motors BD3,4 = Baldor 3 & 4 inch motors CE3,4 = Parker (Custom Servo Motors) Imperial 3 & 4 inch motors CM3,4 = Parker (Custom Servo Motors) Metric 3 & 4 inch motors EE3,4 = Emerson EMC Imperial 3 & 4 inch motors EM3,4 = Emerson CT Metric 3 & 4 inch motors EX2,3,4 = Exlar SLM/SLG motors, 6, 9,115 mm frame FA 4 = Fanuc 4 inch motors IN3,4 = Bosch-Rexroth (Indramat) 3 & 4 inch motors KM2,4 = Kollmorgen 2, 3 & 4 inch motors MT3,4 = Mitsubishi 3 & 4 inch motors PS3,4 = Pacific Scientific PMA/PMB Series 3 & 4 inch motors PC2,3 = Parker Compumotor 2.7, 3.6, 4.5, & 5.6 inch motors YS3,4 = Yaskawa 3 & 4 inch motors MXX = Unlisted or special motor mounting provisions to be assigned an alpha numeric code at time of order X..XX = Travel and Housing Options (Multiple Possible) EN = Electroless nickel plating of housing parts HC = Hard coat anodized, acceptable for food grade PB = Protective bellows for extending rod L1 = One external limit switch, channel mount magnetic sensing proximity switch, N.O. L2 = Two external limit switches, channel mount magnetic sensing proximity switch, N.C. 1-3 VDC L3 = Three external limit switches, channel mount magnetic sensing proximity switch, 1 N.O., 2 N.C. 1-3 VDC L# = external limit switches, channel mount magnetic sensing prox sw. P5 = IP65 sealed housing (option for IM Series) PF = Pre-loaded follower XH = Special housing option XL = Special lubrication XT = Special travel option ##### = 5 digit part number assigned to designate special model numbers. Optional 5 digit assigned part number to designate unique model numbers Consult Exlar s Application Engineering Department regarding all special actuator components. * The width or height of the motor face may exceed the actuator cross sectional dimension by a maximum of 1 inch. 81

85 82 I Series

86 FT Series Linear Actuators Exlar FT Series force tube actuators use a planetary roller screw mounted inside a telescoping tube mechanism. The follower is attached to the moveable force tube, which then extends and retracts as the screw rotates. An external motor (supplied by Exlar or the customer) provides the rotational force. High Performance As with all of Exlar s roller screw products, the FT Series actuators deliver heavy load capacity, high speed capabilities, and exceptionally long life when compared to other linear actuator technologies. Other comparably-sized screw actuator products on the market - specifically ball screw and acme screw actuators - have relatively low load capacities, short working lives and limited speed capabilities. At equivalent sizes, under moderate to heavy loads, it is reasonable to project that FT units will deliver up to 15 times the working life of those other designs. For OEM designers, this often means much more power and durability can be achieved from a much smaller footprint when Exlar FT units are used. Contamination Protection The FT Series design has all the contamination-isolation advantages of hydraulic cylinders without the limited load, life, and speed of designs built around ball or acme screws. The bearing and roller screw components in the Exlar FT Series force tubes are mounted within the sealed housing. This prevents abrasive particles and other contaminants from entering the actuator s critical mechanisms, and assures troublefree operation even in the most severe environments. FT Series actuators are provided with standard grease lubrication. Custom provisions can be made for oil filled lubrication. Engineered Compatibility Exlar has removed much of the end-user-engineering burden by designing the FT series to be compatible with a wide variety of standard motors. Motor mounting, actuator mounting, and gearing configurations are available to meet nearly any application s requirements. Motors shown in drawings are for illustrative purposes only and are not included with FT Actuators. Feature Standard Optional Long Strokes 12 inches to 8 feet Intermediate & Custom Stroke Lengths Pre-Loaded Follower No Yes External End Switches No One, two or three Adjustable Switches Side Mount, Side Lug, Multiple Actuator Extended Tie Rods, Rear OEM Mountings Clevis, Front Flange, Side Specials Trunnion, Rear Flange, Available Front/Rear Flange Multiple Motor Inline Direct Drive, OEM Mounting Parallel 1:1 Drive, Specials Configurations Parallel, 2:1Reduction Available 83

87 Special Sealing Options The base unit of the FT actuators are sealed at the extending rod end by a rod seal, and on the drive end by a shaft seal (see base unit drawing on page 71). These rod and shaft seals, and o-ring sealing provides IP65 sealing for the FT actuator base units. In standard units with inline, or parallel motor mounting, the mounting surface between the actuator and the motor, and between the end cover, or inline cover of the actuator and the actuator housing are not sealed as a standard feature. These areas of the FT actuators can be sealed as a special option if Stainless steel FT35 with stainless steel SLM115 motor Food grade & stainless steel FT35 with food grade SLM9 motor the environment in which the actuator will be mounted requires the actuator to be sealed. Because of the vast differences in the design of various brands of motors that are mounted to the FT Series actuators, sealing of these two areas Food grade & stainless steel FT6 with food grade SLG9 motor may alter the design of the actuator. Consult Exlar applications engineering for details and quotations on special sealing of this type. EXLAR FT SERIES ACTUATORS APPLICATIONS INCLUDE: Hydraulic cylinder replacement Ball screw replacement Pneumatic cylinder replacement Chip and wafer handling Automated flexible fixturing Dispensers Machine tool Automated assembly Parts clamping Automatic tool changers Volumetric pumps Medical equipment Conveyor diverters / gates Plastics equipment Cut-offs Die cutters Packaging machinery Entertainment Sawmill equipment Open / close doors Fillers Formers Precision grinders Indexing stages Lifts Product sorting Material cutting Material handling Riveting / fastening / joining Molding Volumetric pumps Semiconductor Pick and place systems Robot manipulator arms Simulators Precision valve control Ventilation control systems Pressing Process control Tube bending Welding Stamping Test stands Tension control Web guidance Wire winding FT Series The robust design of the FT series actuator can survive the rugged environment of a sawmill while providing accurate positioning at high rates and with high force. The smooth and accurate motion of Exlar s actuators combined with today s servo technology make multiple degree of freedom motion simulation applications easier to implement, cleaner and more efficient than hydraulic solutions. With their high thrust capability, compact size and smooth controlled motion, FT Series actuators are an ideal fit for replacing hydraulics or pneumatics on injection mold toggles. Control improvements from an electromechanical servo system offer less abuse of valuable molds and more consistent performance. Motors shown in drawings are for illustrative purposes only and are not included with FT Actuators. 84

88 FT Series Lifetime Curves The expected life of a force tube actuator is expressed as the travel distance that 9% of the actuators are expected to exceed before experiencing metal fatigue. The formula that defines this value is: The underlying formula that defines this value is: L 1 = (C/F) 3 x S = where C = Dynamic load rating (lbs) F = Cubic mean applied load (lbs.) S = Roller screws lead (inches) Travel life in millions of inches, where: 4 FT35 Mean Load (pounds) , 1, 1, Travel Life (Millions of inches) 2, FT6 Mean Load (pounds) 15, 1, 5, 1 1 1, 1, 1, 1,, Travel Life (Millions of inches) 5, FT8 4, Mean Load (pounds) 3, 2, 1, 1 1 1, 1, 1, 1,, Travel Life (Millions of inches) 85

89 FT Series Performance Specifications Model No. Frame Stroke Screw Max. Dynamic Torque Screw Max. Max. Weight Size Lead Linear Rated Inertia Force* Rot. Base Speed Rating Force Speed Unit in in in in/sec (std. follower) lb-in lb-in-s 2 lbf lb (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm/sec) lbf (kn) (N-m) (kg-m 2 ) (kn) rpm (kg) FT (89) (152) (5) (373) (47.5) (16.5) (.22) (17.8) (14) FT (89) (152) (1) (75) (38.5) (33.9).22) (17.8) (14) FT (89) (152) (2) (15) (31.5) (67.8) (.22) (17.8) (14) FT (89) (34) (5) (373) (47.5) (16.5) (.31) (17.8) (16) FT (89) (34) (1) (75) (38.5) (33.9) (.31) (17.8) (16) FT (89) (34) (2) (15) (31.5) (67.8) (.31) (17.8) (16) FT (89) (457) (5) (373) (47.5) (16.5) (.42) (17.8) (18) FT ) (89) (457) (1) (75) (38.5) (33.9) (.42) (17.8) (18) FT (89) (457) (2) (15) (31.5) (67.8) (.42) (17.8) (18) FT (89) (61) (5) (373) (47.5) (16.5) (.51) (17.8) (21) FT ) (89) (61) (1) (75) (38.5) (33.9) (.51) (17.8) (21) FT (89) (61) (2) (15) (31.5) (67.8) (.51) (17.8) (21) FT (89) (914) (5) (226) (47.5) (16.5) (.69) (17.8) (25) FT (89) (914) (1) (452) (38.5) (33.9) (.69) (17.8) (25) FT (89) (914) (2) (93) (31.5) (67.8) (.69) (17.8) (25) FT (89) (1219) (5) (145) (47.5) (16.5) (.86) (17.8) (3) FT (89) (1219) (1) (29) (38.5) (33.9) (.86) (17.8) (3) FT (89) (1219) (2) (568) (31.5) (67.8) (.86) (17.8) (3) FT Series Intermediate and custom stroke lengths are available. Intermediate leads may also be available. Belt and pulley inertia varies with ratio & motor selection. Contact Exlar s Applications Engineering Department for more information. See page 69 for definition of terms. * The rated and max force on the FT series actuators are those forces derived from using typical servo motors of similar frame size to the actuator, at their rated continuous and peak torques. In many cases FT actuators can be configured with input sufficient to exceed these forces. Contact Exlar for further details. FT Standard Inline Coupling Maximum Torque Ratings and Inertia Torque Rating Inertia FT35 4N-m (354 lbf-in).3 lb-in,.777 lbf-in-sec 2 Pulley inertias lbf-in-sec 2, reflected at motor including typical pulleys, belt and standard bushings. Because of differences in belt and pulley selection due to particular motor choices, please contact Exlar s Application Engineering Department if these values are critical to your application. FT35 3 inch motor 1:1 =.4874 FT35 4 inch motor 1:1 =.9993 FT35 3 inch motor 2:1 =.287 FT35 4 inch motor 2:1 =.53 86

90 FT Series Performance Specifications Model No. Frame Stroke Screw Max. Dynamic Torque Screw Max. Max. Weight Size Lead Linear Rated Inertia Force* Rot. Base Speed Rating Force Speed Unit in in in in/sec (std. follower) lb-in lb-in-s 2 lbf lb (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm/sec) lbf (kn) (N-m) (kg-m 2 ) (kn) rpm (kg) FT ) , 2 1 (152) (35) (6) (21) (231) (13.9) (.51) (9.8) (45) FT , 2 1 (152) (35) (12) (41) (199) (194.3) (.51) (9.8) (45) FT , 2 1 (152) (35) (3) (1) (186) (497.1) (.51) (9.8) (45) FT , 2 13 (152) (61) (6) (21) (231) (13.9) (.83) (9.8) (59) FT , 2 13 (152) (61) (12) (41) (199) (194.3) (.83) (9.8) (59) FT ) , 2 13 (152) (61) (3) (1) (186) (497.1) (.83) (9.8) (59) FT , 2 16 (152) (914) (6) (21) (231) (13.9) (.113) (9.8) (72) FT , 2 16 (152) (914) (12) (41) (199) (194.3) (.113) (9.8) (72) FT , 2 16 (152) (914) (3) (1) (186) (497.1) (.113) (9.8) (72) FT , 2 19 (152) (1219) (6) (21) (231) (13.9) (.142) (9.8) (86) FT , 2 19 (152) (1219) (12) (41) (199) (194.3) (.142) (9.8) (86) FT , 2 19 (152) (1219) (3) (1) (186) (497.1) (.142) (9.8) (86) Intermediate and custom stroke lengths are also available. Intermediate leads may also be available. Belt and pulley inertia varies with ratio and motor selection. * The rated and max force on the FT series actuators are those forces derived from using typical servo motors of similar frame size to the actuator, at their rated continuous and peak torques. In many cases FT actuators can be configured with input sufficient to exceed these forces. Contact Exlar for further details. Ft Standard Inline Coupling Maximum Torque Ratings and Inertia Torque Rating Inertia FT6 1N-m (885 lbf-in).9 lb-in,.2331 lbf-in-sec 2 Pulley inertias lbf-in-sec 2, reflected at motor including typical pulleys, belt and standard bushings. Because of differences in belt and pulley selection due to particular motor choices, please contact Exlar s Application Engineering Department if these values are critical to your application. FT6 1:1 =.3 FT6 2:1 =.35 Definitions: Max Linear Speed: The linear speed achieved by the actuator at a screw speed equal to the max rotational speed value. Rated Force: The linear force produced by the actuator at the torque at the rated force value. Dynamic Load Rating: A design constant used in calculating the estimated travel life of the roller screw. The dynamic mean load is the mean load at which the device will perform one million revolutions. Torque At Rated Force: The torque required at the screw to produce the force rating. Screw Inertia: The rotary inertia of the planetary roller screw in the actuator. Max. Rot. Speed: The maximum allowable rotational screw speed determined by the screw length or the rotational speed limit of the roller screw nut. 87

91 FT Series Performance Specifications Model No. Frame Stroke Screw Max. Dynamic Torque Screw Max. Max. Weight Size Lead Linear Rated Inertia Force* Rot. Base Speed Rating Force Speed Unit in in in in/sec (std. follower) lb-in lb-in-s 2 lbf lb (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm/sec) lbf (kn) (N-m) (kg-m 2 ) (kn) rpm (kg) FT , (23) (35) (6) (175) (358) (22.3) (.184) (178) (86) FT , (23) (35) (12) (351) (312) (41.1) (.184) (178) (86) FT , (23) (35) (3) (875) (288) (998.8) (.184) (178) (86) FT , ) (61) (6) (175) (358) (22.3) (.279) (178) (12) FT , (23) (61) (12) (351) (312) (41.1) (.279) (178) (12) FT , (23) (61) (3) (875) (288) (998.8) (.279) (178) (12) FT , ) (914) (6) (175) (358) (22.3) (.374) (178) (153) FT , (23) (914) (12) (351) (312) (41.1) (.374) (178) (153) FT , (23) (914) (3) (875) (288) (998.8) (.374) (178) (153) FT , (23) (1219) (6) (175) (358) (22.3) (.468) (178) (187) FT , (23) (1219) (12) (351) (312) (41.1) (.468) (178) (187) FT , (23) (1219) (3) (875) (288) (998.8) (.468) (178) (187) Intermediate and custom stroke lengths are also available. Intermediate leads may also be available. Belt and pulley inertia varies with ratio and motor selection. Please contact Exlar s Applications Engineering Department for more information. See page 69 for definitions of terms. * The rated and max force on the FT series actuators are those forces derived from using typical servo motors of similar frame size to the actuator, at their rated continuous and peak torques. In many cases FT actuators can be configured with input sufficient to exceed these forces. Contact Exlar for further details. FT Series Mechanical Specifications FT Standard Inline Coupling Maximum Torque Ratings and Inertia Torque Rating Inertia FT8 2N-m (177 lbf-in) 3.89 lb-in,.175 lbf-in-sec 2 Pulley inertias lbf-in-sec 2, reflected at motor including typical pulleys, belt and standard bushings. Because of differences in belt and pulley selection due to particular motor choices, please contact Exlar s Application Engineering Department if these values are critical to your application. FT8 1:1 =.235 FT8 2:1 =.157 FT35 FT6 FT8 Roller Screw Backlash in (mm) (.1 -.3) (.1 -.3) (.1 -.3) Preloaded Loader Screw Backlash System Backlash:* in (mm).2 (.6).2 (.6).2 (.6) Standard Lead Accuracy:** in/ft (mm/mm).1 (.25/3).1 (.25/3).1 (.25/3) Maximum Radial Load Environmental Rating: Standard IP65 IP65 IP65 (Base Unit Only)*** Case: Standard Epoxy-coated aluminum Epoxy-coated aluminum Epoxy-coated aluminum Optional Food Grade Coating Food Grade Coating Food Grade Coating * System backlash will be different with various types of motor mounting arrangements and couplings. Please discuss your particular configuration with Exlar application engineers. ** Optional lead accuracy from.2 in/ft (6µm/3mm) to.2 in/ft (2µm/1mm) are also available. *** For IP65 scaling of unit with motor mounted, please contact Exlar s Applications Engineering Department for more information and ordering information. FT Series 88

92 FT35 Linear Actuator Base Unit 42.9 [1.69] 2.5 [.1] 14.5 [.57] 54 [2.13] 19 h6 + [.748 ] [.138 ] [3.63] All dimensions shown in millimeters with inch-equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details Stroke 38.1 [1.5] 3/8-16 UNC-2A (P9) 6 +. [.2362 ] [3.88] B.C [3.63] 76.2 [3.] FT35 Linear Actuator Clevis Mount Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in millimeters with inch-equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection [9.45] [5.25] 42.9 [1.69] Stroke [6.25] 38.1 [1.5] [1. ] [1.96] 25.4 [1.] 19 [.75] 38.3 [1.51] FT35 Linear Actuator Front Flange Unit [9.6] 63.5 [2.5] [5.25] [5.75] 12.7 [4.75] 92.1 [3.63] 13.5 [.53] [.375 ] [1.69] 15.9 [.63] Stroke 16.3 [4.19] 49.8 [1.96] Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in millimeters with inch-equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection. FT35 Linear Actuator Rear Flange Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in millimeters with inch-equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection [9.6] [5.25] 92.1 [3.63] 42.9 [1.69] Stroke 14.8 [4.13] 49.8 [1.96] 15.9 [.63] 13.5 [.53] 63.5 [2.5] 19.5 [7.5] [6.5] 88.9 [3.5] Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 89

93 FT35 Linear Actuator Trunnion Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in millimeters with inch-equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection [3.63] [4.63] 18.9 [7.12] 13.1 [5.12] 25.4 [1.] 46 [1.81] 42.9 [1.69] 38.1 ±.3 [1.5 ±.1] Stroke 5.8 [2.] FT35 Linear Actuator Extended Tie Rod Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in millimeters with inchequivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection [9.6] 92.1 [3.63] [3. ] [5.25] 92.1 [3.63] 3/8-16 UNC-2A 98 [3.86] B.C [1.69] 31.8 [1.25] Stroke 16.3 [4.19] 49.8 [1.96] FT35 Linear Actuator Side Lug Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in millimeters with inchequivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection [9.6] 92.1 [3.63] [5.25] 46 [1.81] 19.1 [.75] [6.25] [5.25] 12.7 [.5] 1.69 [4.29] 4.7 [.19] 25.4 [1.] 1.3 [.41] Stroke 98.4 [3.88] 65.1 [2.56] [6.5] 19.5 [7.5] FT Series FT35 Linear Actuator Side Mount Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in millimeters with inchequivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection [9.6] 46 [1.81] [5.25] 92.1 [3.63] 41.3 [1.63] 42.9 [1.69] 8 [.31] 6.4 [.25] Stroke Stroke 1/4-2 UNC - 2B x.63[15.9] 16.3 [4.19] 46 [1.81] Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 9

94 FT6 Linear Actuator Base Unit [6.38] 57.1 [2.25] All dimensions shown in millimeters with inch-equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details Stroke [.1] [.83] 61.2 [2.41] 5.8 [2.] 9/16-12 UNC - 2A [1.379 ].5 (P9) [.394 ] [.197 ]. 127 [5.] [6.79] [6.38] FT6 Linear Actuator Clevis Mount Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in millimeters with inchequivalents in brackets. r See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection [14.32] [8.5] [6.38] 56.8 [2.24] Stroke [7.7] 63.5 [2.5] [1.753 ] [3.29] 54 [2.13] 31.8 [1.25] 63.5 [2.5] FT6 Linear Actuator Front Flange Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in millimeters with inch-equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection [14.32] [4.58] [6.88] [8.32] 254 [1.] [.5 ] [6.38] [2.24] 83.6 [3.29] 2.54 [1.] Stroke [4.57] [.66] FT6 Linear Actuator Rear Flange Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in millimeters with inch-equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details [14.32] Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection [8.5] 56.8 [2.24] 25.4 [1.] 12.7 [.51] Stroke [4.57] 83.6 [3.29] 33.2 [13.] [11.] 16.7 [.66] [4.58] [6.38] Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 91

95 FT6 Linear Actuator Trunnion Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions ator shown in millimeters with inch-equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection [6.38] 2 [7.88] [8.13] [12.13] 5.8 [2.] 56.8 [2.24] 88.9 [3.5] Stroke 63.5 ±.3 [2.5 ±.1] 81 [3.19] FT6 Linear Actuator Extended Tie Rod Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in millimeters with inchequivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection [6.38] [5. ] [6.88] [6.79] B.C [14.22] 56.8 [2.24] 5.8 [2.] 9/16-12 UNC - 2A Stroke [4.57] 83.6 [3.29] FT6 Linear Actuator Side Lug Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in millimeters with inch-equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection [14.22] [6.38] [6.88] 81 [3.19] 25.4 [1.] [2.24] [1.] [8.5] 12.7 [.5] 25.4 [1.] 13.5 [.53] Stroke 16.4 [4.19] 14.9 [4.13] FT Series 5.8 [2.] FT6 Linear Actuator Side Mount Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in millimeters with inch-equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection [14.32] 81 [3.19] [6.88] [6.38] 81 [3.19] 1/2-13 UNC - 2A x [2.5] 12.7 [.5] 56.8 [2.24] 81 [3.19] Stroke [4.57] Stroke Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 92

96 FT8 Linear Actuator Base Unit 77 [3.3] 3.8 [.15] 85.2 [3.36] 76.2 [3.] [2.362 ] [.295 ]. 237 [9.33] B.C [8.5] (P9) [.79 ] [8.5] Stroke 22.9 [.9] 3/4-1 UNC - 2A [6.75] All dimensions shown in millimeters with inch-equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. FT8 Linear Actuator Front Flange Unit 223 [8.78] 44.5 [17.34] [6.] 19.8 [.78] [8.5] 77 [3.3] 31.8 [1.25] [4.42] [12.75] [1.75] [.625 ] Stroke [6.44] Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in millimeters with inch-equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection. Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 93

97 FT8 Linear Actuator Extended Tie Rod Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in millimeters with inch-equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection [17.34] 223 [8.78] [8.5] [6.75 ] [9.33] B.C [3.5] 77 [3.3] 3/4-1 UNC - 2A Stroke [6.44] [4.42] FT8 Linear Actuator Side Lug Unit Parallel motor mount shown. All dimensions shown in millimeters with inch-equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection. FT8 Linear Actuator Side Mount Unit Parallel motor mount shown [17.17] 223 [8.78] [8.5] 2x [12.75] x [1.75] [8.78] 77 [3.3] 5.8 [2.] 12.7 [.5] 31.8 [1.25] 19.8 [.78] Stroke 15.9 [5.94] [6.25] [17.34] [3.3] [4.25] [8.5] FT Series All dimensions shown in millimeters with inch-equivalents in brackets. See rod ends for rod end thread details. 18 [4.25] 5/8-11 UNC - 2B x 1.75 [44.5] 11.6 [4.] Stroke Stroke [6.44] Motor plate and cover dimensions are subject to change depending on the motor selection. Ø.63 [15.9] x 1.38 [34.9] Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 94

98 FT Linear Actuator Rod End A Thread FF Thread øe øe øc B D D A B øc D øe F Male U.S. Male Metric Female U.S. Female Metric FT /4-16 3/4-16 UNF-2A M16X1.5 UNF-2B M16X1.5 (22.1) (28.6) (25.4) (12.7) (44.5) (19.1) FT / /8-12 UN-2A M42X4.5 UN-2B M42X4.5 (5.8) (69.9) (59.9) (19.1) (76.2) (5.8) FT / /2-12 UN-2A M56X5.5 UN-2B M56X5.5 (69.9) (12.1) (79.8) (25.4) (11.6) (57.2) Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 95

99 FT Series Ordering Information AA = FT Frame Size 35 = 3.5 inch frame actuator 6 = 6. inch frame actuator 8 = 8. inch frame actuator BB = Stroke Length 6 = 6 inch (FT35) 12 = 12 inch (FT35, 6, 8) 18 = 18 inch (FT35) 24 = 24 inch (FT35, 6, 8) 36 = 36 inch (FT35, 6, 8) 48 = 48 inch (FT35, 6, 8) CC = Lead 5 =.2 inch (FT35) 6 =.23 inch (FT6, 8) 1 =.39 inch (FT35) 12 =.47 inch (FT6, 8) 2 =.79 inch (FT35) 3 = 1.18 inch (FT6, 8) D = Mounting Style S = Side mount L = Side lugs E = Extended tie rods C = Rear clevis (NA w/inline) F = Front flange T = Side trunnion mount R = Rear flange (not available with inline motor mount) B = Front / rear flange (not available with inline motor mount) X = Special E = Motor Mounting Configurations N = None I = Inline direct drive (includes Exlar standard coupling) P = Parallel, 1:1 drive Q = Parallel, 2:1 reduction X = Special F = Rod End M = Male, U.S. standard F = Female, U.S. standard A = Male, metric B = Female, metric X = Special FTAA - BBCC - DEF - GGG - XX.... XX GGG = Motor Mount Provisions* (Please indicate the motor that will be used with the FT Actuator by it s 3 digit code.) NMT = No motor mount keyed shaft on base unit only N34 = NEMA 34 motor mount N42 = NEMA 42 motor mount N56 = NEMA 56 motor mount AB3,4,6,8 = Allen Bradley Ultra 3, 4, 6, & 8 inch motors BD3,4,6,8 = Baldor 3, 4, 6, & 8 inch motors CE3,4,6,8 = Parker(Custom Servo Motors) Imperial 3, 4, 6, & 8 inch motors CM3,4,6,8 = Parker(Custom Servo Motors) Metric 3, 4, 6, & 8 inch motors EC3,4,6,8 = ElectroCraft F&H 3, 4, 6 series, 8 Series EE3,4 = Emerson EMC Imperial 3 & 4 inch EM3,4,6,8 = Emerson EMC Metric 3, 4, 6, & 8 inch EX2,3,4,6 = Exlar SLM/SLG motors FA 4,6,8 = Fanuc 4, 6 & 8 inch motors IN3,4,6,8 = Bosch- Rexroth (Indramat) 3, 4, 6, & 8 inch motors KM2,4,6,8 = Kollmorgen B & M 2, 4, 6, & 8 Series MT3,4,6,8 = Mitsubishi 3,4,6 & 8 inch motors PS3,4,6,8 = Pacific Scientific PMA/PMB Series PC2,3,4,6 = Parker Compumotor Apex 2.7, 3.6, 4.5, & 5.6 inch YS3,4,6,8 = Yaskawa 3, 4, 6, & 8 inch motors MXX = Unlisted or special motor mounting provisions XX.. XX = Options Housing Options XH = Special housing options XT = Special travel SS = Stainless steel FG = Food grade white epoxy (IP65 sealing of unit with motor mounted require XH option.) Special Follower PF = Preloaded follower. The dynamic load rating of zero backlash, preloaded screws is 63% of the dynamic load rating of the standard non-preloaded screws. The calculated travel life of a preloaded screw will be 25% of the calculated travel life of the same size and lead non-preloaded screw for the same application. FX = Special follower End Switches (adjustable position throughout stroke) L1 = One adjustable switch, (1-3 VDC, PNP, N.C., 1m. 3 wire embedded cable) L2 = Two adjustable switches, (1-3 VDC, PNP, N.C., 1m. 3 wire embedded cable) L3 = Three adjustable switches, (1-3 VDC, PNP, N.C., 1m. 3 wire embedded cable) Please provide a drawing of motor dimensions with all orders to insure proper mounting compatibility. *Mounting face size, shaft length and other details of particular motors may require special adapters or provisions for mounting. Always discuss your motor selection with Exlar engineering. FT Series Consult Exlar s Application Engineering Department regarding all special actuator components. 96

100 Introducing Exlar s SLM Series Motors and SLG Series Integrated Gearmotors Brushless servo motor and gearmotor technology from Exlar provides the highest torque-to-size ratio available in motion control today. Small size, outstanding performance specifications, quality and customization capabilities offer you the solution you need for your motion control application. Very High Torque Density Exlar s T-LAM technology produces an efficient and powerful motor in a very small package. 6 mm SLM6 offers continuous torque up to 15 lbf-in and base speed of 5 rpm. 9 mm SLM9 offers continuous torque up to 56 lbf-in and base speed of 4 rpm. 115 mm SLM115 offers continuous torque up to 176 lbf-in and base speed of 3 rpm. 142 mm SLM142 offers continuous torque up to 237 lbf-in and base speed of 24 rpm. SLG Series Gearmotor SLM Motor Standard Features UL recognized component IP65 sealing MS connectors embedded leads, or embedded leads with cable plugs Feedback configurations for nearly all servo amplifiers 115, 23 or 46 Vrms motor voltages Epoxy-coated housings Class 18H insulation system SLG Gearmotor Standard Features All features of SLM motor shown above plus... High side load bearing design Integrated armature and sungear Higher stiffness than bolt-on gearhead and motor 1 arc minute standard backlash Single and double reduction ratios: 4:1, 5:1, 1:1, 16:1, 2:1, 25:1, 4:1, 5:1, and 1:1 97

101 Unique T-LAM TM Stator Design Advantage This innovative design offers several advantages over traditional motor winding for a more efficient and powerful motor. Built for durability, T- LAM segmented lamination stator technology consists of individual segments, each containing individual phase wiring for maximum motor performance. The robust insulation, high coercive strength magnets, and complete thermal potting all provide a more robust motor design a design yielding a 35 to 7% torque increase in the same package size! T-LAM motor designs have Class 18-H insulation systems and UL recognition. Customization to Suit Your Requirements Exlar Corporation has capabilities allowing custom motors to be manufactured to meet your OEM requirements. Whatever your special requirements are... custom shafts, custom mountings, custom stators, custom housing materials... please contact Exlar or your local sales representative to discuss your needs. Typical Applications SLM Series Motors and SLG Series Gearmotors are perfectly suited for applications in any industry. EXLAR SLM & SLG SERIES MOTORS APPLICATIONS INCLUDE: Semiconductor Stage Positioning Conveyor Drives Labeling Plastics Machinery Medical Applications Automotive Assembly Machine Tools Tensioning Winding Machines Parts Handling Simulation Robotics Web Feed Glass Manufacturing Screw Drives Packaging Fluid Handling Exlar's closed-loop, servo-controlled rotary actuators are ideal for operating quarter-turn, full-turn, or multi-turn valves or shaft driven dampers. The FT Series combined with SLM/G Series motors provides a complete Exlar actuator solution for applications requiring heavy load capacity and high speeds. The motor can be configured to operate with nearly any manufacturer's servo amplifier. Exlar's brushless motors are the highest performance with very compact size. This makes them perfect for high-speed labeling and demanding conveyor drive applications. SLM/SLG Series 98

102 SLM/SLG Speed/Torque Curves Peak Torque Continuous Torque 16 SLM/SLG-6 1 STACK MOTORS 5 SLM/SLG-9 1 STACK MOTORS Motor Torque (lbf-in) Motor Torque (lbf-in) Motor RPM Motor RPM 25 SLM/SLG-6 2 STACK MOTORS 9 SLM/SLG-9 2 STACK MOTORS Motor Torque (lbf-in) Motor Torque (lbf-in) Motor RPM Motor RPM 35 SLM/SLG-6 3 STACK MOTORS 12 SLM/SLG-9 3 STACK MOTORS 3 1 Motor Torque (lbf-in) Motor Torque (lbf-in) Motor RPM Motor RPM Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 1 x 1 x 1/4 on SLM/SLG6 and 1 x 1 x 3/8 on SLM/SLG9 99

103 SLM/SLG Speed/Torque Curves Peak Torque Continuous Torque 16 SLM/SLG STACK MOTORS 5 SLM142 1 STACK MOTORS Motor Torque (lbf-in) Motor Torque (lbf-in) Motor RPM Motor RPM 25 SLM/SLG STACK MOTORS 5 SLM142 2 STACK MOTORS 45 Motor Torque (lbf-in) Motor Torque (lbf-in) Motor RPM Motor RPM 35 SLM/SLG STACK MOTORS 5 SLM142 3 STACK MOTORS Motor Torque (lbf-in) Motor Torque (lbf-in) SLM/SLG Series Motor RPM Motor RPM Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 12 x 12 x 1/2 on SLM/SLG115 and 12 x 12 x 1/2 on SLM/SLG142 1

104 SLM/SLG6 Electrical/Mechanical Specifications SLM/G6 Stator Data 1 Stack Motor 2 Stack Motor 3 Stack Motor Sinusoidal Commutation Data Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) (.86) (.83) (.79) (.79) (1.35) (1.3) (1.27) (1.28) (1.73) (1.73) (1.67) (1.69) Peak Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) (1.72) (1.66) (1.58) (1.58) (2.69) (2.6) (2.54) (2.56) (3.47) (3.46) (3.34) (3.38) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 25 C) (Nm/A) (.28) (.6) (.9) (1.1) (.3) (.6) (1.) (1.1) (.3) (.6) (1.) (1.1) Continuous Current Rating A Peak Current Rating A Trapezoidal Commutation Data Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) (.82) (.79) (.76) (.76) (1.29) (1.24) (1.21) (1.22) (1.66) (1.65) (1.6) (1.61) Peak Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) (1.65) (1.6) (1.5) (1.5) (2.6) (2.5) (2.4) (2.4) (3.3) (3.3) (3.2) (3.2) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 25 C) (Nm/A) (.22) (.46) (.73) (.84) (.22) (.46) (.78) (.89) (.21) (.46) (.77) (.89) Continuous Current Rating A Peak Current Rating A Motor Data Voltage Constant (Ke) Vpk/Krpm (+/ 25 C) Vrms/Krpm Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L)(+/ 25 C) Ohms Inductance (L-L)(+/ 15%) mh SLM Armature Inertia lb-in-sec (+/ 5%) (kg-cm 2 ) (.268) (.466) (.665) Brake Inertia lb-in-sec (kg-cm 2 ) (.135) (.135) (.135) Brake 24 VDC A Brake Holding Torque lbf-in (Nm) 18 (2.2) 18 (2.2) 18 (2.2) Brake Engage/Disengage Time ms 14/28 14/28 14/28 Mechanical Time Constant (tm) ms Electrical Time Constant (te) ms Damping Constant lbf-in/krpm (N-m/krpm) (.2) (.2) (.2) (.2) (.3) (.3) (.3) (.3) (.6) (.6) (.6) (.6) Friction Torque lbf-in (Nm) (.8) (.8) (.8) (.8) (.11) (.11) (.11) (.11) (.16) (.16) (.16) (.16) Voltage Rating Vrms Bus Voltage rpm 5 Stator Insulation System (Class) C 18 (H) Insulation System Volt Rating Vrms 46 Thermal Switch, Case Temp. C 1 Environmental Rating IP65 Standard Connecters Motor & Brake MS-3112-E16-8P Feedback MS-3112-E16-23P For amplifiers using peak sinusoidal ratings, multiply RMS sinusoidal Kt by and peak current by.77. SLG6 Gearmotor Data 1 Stack Stator 2 Stack Stator 3 Stack Stator SLG Armature Inertia* lbf-in-sec 2 ( kg-cm 2 ).226 (.255).41 (.453).576 (.651) Gearing Reflected Inertia Single Reduction Double Reduction Gear Stages lbf-in-sec 2 (kg-cm 2 ) Gear Stages lbf-in-sec 2 (kg-cm 2 ) 4:1.132 (.149) 16:1.121 (.137) 5:1.87 (.984) 2:1, 25:1.8 (.96) 1:1.23 (.261) 4:1, 5:1, 1:1.21 (.242) Backlash at 1% rated torque: 1 Arc minutes Efficiency: Single reduction 91% Double Reduction: 86% *Add armature inertia to gearing inertia for total SLG system inertia Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 1 x 1 x 1/4 11

105 SLM/G9 Electrical/Mechanical Specifications SLM/SLG9 Stator Data 1 Stack Motor 2 Stack Motor 3 Stack Motor Sinusoidal Commutation Data Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) (2.69) (2.71) (2.68) (2.71) (4.48) (4.52) (4.47) (4.52) (6.31) (6.27) (6.3) Peak Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) (5.38) (5.43) (5.35) (5.42) (8.95) (9.5) (8.94) (9.4) (12.61) (12.54) (12.61) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 25 C) (Nm/A) (.37) (.7) (1.3) (1.5) (.4) (.7) (1.3) (1.5) (.7) (1.3) (1.5) Continuous Current Rating A Peak Current Rating A Trapezoidal Commutation Data Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) (2.57) (2.59) (2.56) (2.59) (4.27) (4.32) (4.27) (4.31) (6.2) (5.99) (6.2) Peak Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) (5.13) (5.2) (5.1) (5.2) (8.5) (8.6) (8.5) (8.6) (12.) (12.) (12.) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 25 C) (Nm/A) (.29) (.58) (1.2) (1.17) (.29) (.58) (1.2) (1.17) (.58) (1.3) (1.16) Continuous Current Rating A Peak Current Rating A Motor Data Voltage Constant (Ke) Vpk/Krpm (+/ 25 C) Vrms/Krpm Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L) (+/ 25 C) Ohms Inductance (L-L) (+/ 15%) mh SLM Armature Inertia lb-in-sec (+/ 5%) (kg-cm 2 ) (.69) (1.9) (1.58) Brake Inertia lb-in-sec (kg-cm 2 ) (1.8) (1.8) (1.8) Brake 24 VDC A Brake Holding Torque lbf-in (Nm) 97 (11) 97 (11) 97 (11) Brake Engage/Disengage Time ms 2/29 2/29 2/29 Mechanical Time Constant (tm) ms Electrical Time Constant (te) ms Damping Constant lbf-in/krpm (N-m/krpm) (.8) (.8) (.8) (.8) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.14) (.2) (.2) (.2) Friction Torque lbf-in (Nm) (.23) (.23) (.23 (.23) (.4) (.4) (.4) (.4) (.56) (.56) (.56) Voltage Rating Vrms Bus Voltage rpm 4 Stator Insulation System (Class) C 18 (H) Insulation System Volt Rating Vrms 46 Thermal Switch, Case Temp. C 1 Environmental Rating IP65 Standard Connecters Motor & Brake MS-3112-E16-8P Feedback MS-3112-E16-23P For amplifiers using peak sinusoidal ratings, multiply RMS sinusoidal Kt by and peak current by.77. SLM/SLG Series SLG9 Gearmotor Data 1 Stack Stator 2 Stack Stator 3 Stack Stator SLG Armature Inertia* lbf-in-sec 2 (kg-cm 2 ).114 (1.29).157 (1.77).2 (2.26) Gearing Reflected Inertia Single Reduction Double Reduction Gear Stages lbf-in-sec 2 (kg-cm 2 ) Gear Stages lbf-in-sec 2 (kg-cm 2 ) 4:1.154 (.174) 16:1.115 (.13) 5:1.1 (.113) 2:1, 25:1.756 (.854) 1:1.265 (.3) 4:1, 5:1, 1:1.23 (.23) Backlash at 1% rated torque: 1 Arc minutes Efficiency: Single reduction 91% Double Reduction: 86% *Add armature inertia to gearing inertia for total SLG system inertia Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 1 x 1 x 3/8 12

106 SLM/SLG115 Electrical/Mechanical Specifications SLM/SLG115 Stator Data 1 Stack Motor 2 Stack Motor 3 Stack Motor Sinusoidal Commutation Data Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) (8.57) (8.39) (8.41) (8.38) (13.99) (13.74) (13.99) (19.68) (19.56) (2.1) Peak Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) (17.14) (16.77) (16.82) (16.77) (27.98) (27.48) (27.98) (39.36) (39.11) 4.2) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 25 C) (Nm/A) (.51) (1.) (1.8) (2.) (1.) (1.8) (2.) (1.) (1.8) (2.) Continuous Current Rating A Peak Current Rating A Trapezoidal Commutation Data Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) (8.18) (8.1) (8.3) (8.1) (13.36) (13.12) (13.36) (18.8) (18.67) (19.11) Peak Motor Torque lbf-in (Nm) (16.36) (16.) (16.1) (16.) (26.7) (26.2) (26.7) (37.6) (37.3) (38.2) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 25 C) (Nm/A) (.4) (.77) (1.38) (1.53) (.77) (1.4) (1.53) (.75) (1.4) (1.55) Continuous Current Rating A Peak Current Rating A Motor Data Voltage Constant (Ke) Vpk/Krpm (+/ 25 C) Vrms/Krpm Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L) (+/ 25 C) Ohms Inductance (L-L) (+/ 15%) mh SLM Armature Inertia lb-in-sec (+/ 5%) (kg-cm 2 ) (3.89) (7.36) (1.181) Brake Inertia lb-in-sec (kg-cm 2 ) (3.7) (3.7) (3.7) Brake 24 VDC A Brake Holding Torque lbf-in (Nm) 195 (22) 195 (22) 195 (22) Brake Engage/Disengage Time ms 25/5 25/5 25/5 Mechanical Time Constant (tm) ms Electrical Time Constant (te) ms Damping Constant lbf-in/krpm (N-m/krpm) (.24) (.24) (.24) (.24) (.4) (.4) (.4) (.45) (.45) (.45) Friction Torque lbf-in (Nm) (.6) (.6) (.6) (.6) (.113) (.113) (.113) (.136) (.136) (.136) Voltage Rating Vrms Bus Voltage rpm 3 Stator Insulation System (Class) C 18 (H) Insulation System Volt Rating Vrms 46 Thermal Switch, Case Temp. C 1 Environmental Rating IP65 Standard Connecters Motor & Brake MS-312-E2-15P Feedback MS-312-E2-23P For amplifiers using peak sinusoidal ratings, multiply RMS sinusoidal Kt by and peak current by.77. SLG115 Gearmotor Data 1 Stack Stator 2 Stack Stator 3 Stack Stator SLG Armature Inertia* lbf-in-sec 2 (kg-cm 2 ).538 (6.8).816 (9.22).19 (12.37) Gearing Reflected Inertia Single Reduction Double Reduction Gear Stages lbf-in-sec 2 (kg-cm 2 ) Gear Stages lbf-in-sec 2 (kg-cm 2 ) 4:1.635 (.717) 16:1.513 (.58) 5:1.428 (.484) 2:1, 25:1.35 (.396) 1:1.111 (.125) 4:1, 5:1, 1:1.911 (.13) Backlash at 1% rated torque: 1 Arc minutes Efficiency: Single reduction 91% Double Reduction: 86% *Add armature inertia to gearing inertia for total SLG system inertia Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 12 x 12 x 1/2 13

107 SLM142 Electrical/Mechanical Specifications SLM142 Stator Data 1 Stack Motor 2 Stack Motor 3 Stack Motor Sinusoidal Commutation Data Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in N-m Peak Motor Torque lbf-in N-m Torque Constant (kt) lbf-in/a N-m/A Continuous Current Rating A Peak Current Rating A Trapezoidal Commutation Data Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in N-m Peak Motor Torque lbf-in N-m Torque Constant (kt) lbf-in/a N-m/A Continuous Current Rating A Peak Current Rating A Motor Data Voltage Constant (Ke) Vpk/krpm Vrmn/krpm Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L) Ohm Inductance (L-L) mh Armature Inertia lbf-in-sec kg-cm Brake Inertia lbf-in-sec2.848 kg-cm2 9.5 Brake Current at 24 VDC A 1. Brake Holding Torque lbf-in 354 N-m Brake Engage/Disengage Time ms 25/73 Mechanical Time Constant (tm) ms Electrical Time Constant, (te) ms Damping Constant lbf-in/krpm N-m/krpm Friction Torque lbf-in N-m Bus Voltage Vrms Bus Voltage rpm Stator Insulation System Class H deg C Insulation System Voltage Rating Vrms Thermal Switch, Case Temp deg C Environmental Rating IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 Standard Connectors Motor Power MS-312-E2-15P Feedback PTO2A16-23P For amplifiers using peak sinusoidal ratings, multiply RMS sinusoidal Kt by and peak current by.77. Gearmotor not available on 142 frame motor. Test data derived using NEMA recommended aluminum heatsink 12 x 12 x 1/2 SLM/SLG Series 14

108 SLG Series Gearmotor General Performance Specifications Two torque ratings for the SLG Series Gearmotors are given in the table below. The left hand columns give the maximum (peak) allowable output torque for the indicated ratios of each size SLG Series Gearmotor. This IS NOT the rated output torque of the motor multiplied by the ratio of the reducer. It is possible to select a configuration of the motor selection and gear ratio such that the rated motor torque, multiplied by the gear ratio exceeds these ratings. It is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the settings of the system, including the amplifier, do not allow these values to be exceeded. The right hand columns give the output torque at the indicated speed which will result in 1, hour (L1). The setup of the system, including the amplifier, will determine the actual output torque and speed. Output Torque Ratings - Mechanical Maximum Allowable Output Speed for 1, Hour Life Output Torque - Set by User 1 RPM 3 RPM 5 RPM Model Ratio lbf-in (Nm) lbf-in (Nm) lbf-in (Nm) lbf-in (Nm) SLG6 4:1 63 (68.1) 144 (16.2) 14 (11.7) 88 (9.9) 5:1 522 (58.9) 17 (19.2) 125 (14.1) 15 (11.9) 1:1 327 (36.9) 2 (22.6) 14 (15.8) 12 (13.6) 16:1 63 (68.1) 224 (25.3) 16 (18.1) 136 (15.4) 2:1 63 (68.1) 24 (27.1) 17 (19.2) 146 (16.5) 25:1 522 (58.9) 275 (31.1) 2 (22.6) 18 (2.3) 4:1 63 (68.1) 288 (32.5) 28 (23.5) 18 (2.3) 5:1 522 (58.9) 34 (38.4) 245 (27.7) 21 (23.7) 1:1 327 (36.9) 32 (36.1) 28 (31.6) 24 (27.1) 1 RPM 25 RPM 4 RPM SLG9 4:1 278 (234.8) 6 (67.8) 456 (51.5) 396 (44.7) 5: (23.1) 775 (87.6) 59 (66.7) 51 (57.6) 1: (127.2) 89 (1.6) 68 (76.8) 59 (66.7) 16:1 278 (234.8) 912 (13.4) 688 (77.7) 592 (66.9) 2:1 278 (234.8) 98 (11.7) 74 (83.6) 64 (72.3) 25: (23.1) 125 (141.2) 95 (17.3) 825 (93.2) 4:1 278 (234.8) 12 (135.6) 92 (13.9) 8 (9.4) 5: (23.1) 155 (169.4) 12 (135.6) 1 (112.9) 1: (127.2) 11 (124.3) 11 (124.3) 11 (124.3) 1 RPM 2 RPM 3 RPM SLG115 4: (53.4) 1392 (157.3) 1132 (127.9) 1 (112.9) 5:1 466 (459.4) 1445 (163.3) 1175 (132.8) 14 (117.5) 1: (287.5) 166 (187.6) 135 (152.6) 12 (135.6) 16: (53.4) 2112 (238.6) 1714 (193.) 1518 (171.) 2: (53.4) 224 (253.1) 184 (27.9) 162 (183.) 25:1 466 (459.4) 235 (265.5) 19 (214.7) 1675 (189.2) 4: (53.4) 28 (316.4) 224 (253.1) 2 (225.9) 5:1 466 (459.4) 29 (327.7) 235 (265.5) 21 (237.3) 1: (287.5) 25 (282.5) 25 (282.5) 24 (271.2) Radial Load and Bearing Life Side load ratings shown below are for 1, hour bearing life at 25mm from motor face at given rpm. Visit for full details on radial load and bearing life. RPM SLG6 lbf (N) 195 (867) 155 (69) 114 (57) 9 (4) 72 (32) SLG9 lbf (N) 389 (173) 39 (1375) 227 (11) 18 (81) 143 (636) SLG115 lbf (N) 939 (4177) 745 (3314) 549 (2442) 435 (1935) 346 (1539) Motor and Gearmotor Weight (lbs) SLM/G6 Motor 1 Stage 2 Stage SLM/G9 Motor 1 Stage 2 Stage SLM/G115 Motor 1 Stage 2 Stage SLM142 1 Stack Stack Stack (no gear stages 2 Stack Stack Stack on SLM142) 3 Stack Stack Stack SLM/G6 Brake 1.8 SLM/G9 Brake 2.7 SLM/G115 Brake 4.1 SLM142 Brake 6. 15

109 Cables For Motors With Exlar Standard C/P Connections Power Connector- Standard Exlar Cables ization Description Power Cable SLM6 C Standard Power With Brake Leads, Molded Shielded, Required If Using Brake Option PC1-MC-xxx SLG6 E Standard Power, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded PC1-EC-xxx SLM9 C Standard Power, Molded, Shielded PC1-MC-xxx SLG9 E Standard Power, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded PC1-EC-xxx SLM115 C Standard Power, Molded, Shielded PC7-MC-xxx SLG115 C Standard Power, Anodized, Required If Using Brake Option PC7-AC-xxx SLM142 E Standard Power, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded PC7-EC-xxx Feedback Cables Standard Exlar Feedback Cable SLM6 C Standard Resolver Feedback, Anodized, Molded, Shielded EC4-MC-xxx SLG6 C Standard Encoder Feedback, Anodized, Molded, Shielded EC4-MC-xxx E Standard Resolver Feedback, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded EC4-EC-xxx E Standard Encoder Feedback, Anodized, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded EC4-EC-xxx SLM9 C Standard Resolver Feedback, Anodized, Molded, Shielded EC4-MC-xxx SLG9 C Standard Encoder Feedback, Anodized, Molded, Shielded EC4-MC-xxx E Standard Resolver Feedback, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded EC4-EC-xxx E Standard Encoder Feedback, Anodized, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded EC4-EC-xxx SLM115 C Standard Resolver Feedback, Anodized, Molded, Shielded EC4-MC-xxx SLM/SLG Series SLG115 C Standard Encoder Feedback, Anodized, Molded, Shielded EC4-MC-xxx SLM142 E Standard Resolver Feedback, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded EC4-EC-xxx E Standard Encoder Feedback, Anodized, Electroless Nickel, Environmentally Sealed, EMI/RFI Shielded EC4-EC-xxx Brake All Brake leads in power connector NA Cables Standard cable lengths of 15, 25 and 5 Specifications subject to change without notice. 16

110 Cables For SLM/SLG Series Actuators With M Connectors Amplifier Exlar Power Power Feedback Feedback Exlar Manufacturer Feedback Cable Cable Cable Cable Actuator and Type Callout Manufacturer Part Number Manufacturer Part Number SLM6 Allen Bradley AB1 Exlar PC6-MC-xxx Allen Bradley xxx SLG6 Ultra 1/2 SLM9 Allen Bradley AB7* Allen Bradley 29-UXNPAMP-14Sxx Allen Bradley 29-UXNFBMP-Sxx SLG9 Ultra 3/5 Allen Bradley AB4/AB5* Allen Bradley 29-UXNPAMP-14Sxx Allen Bradley 29-UXNFBMP-Sxx** Ultra 3/5 Control Techniques En, EM2 Control Techniques CMDS-xxx Control CFCS-xxx Epsilon and MDS Series Techniques Kollmorgen Servo Star KM1 Kollmorgen CSSSRHA1H-xxx Kollmorgen CSSSRHA1H-xxx & Servo Star CD (set includes feedback cable) (set includes power cable) Kollmorgen KM5/KM2 Kollmorgen CSSSRHG1H-xxx Kollmorgen CSSSRHG1H-xxx Servo Star 6 (set includes feedback cable) (set includes power cable) Kollmorgen KM3/KM4 Kollmorgen CSSSS3HG2H-xxx Kollmorgen CSSSS3HG2H-xxx Servo Star 6 set includes feedback cable) (set includes power cable) Bosch/Rexroth Indramat IN1 Bosch/Rexroth IKG477, IKG417, IKG49, IKG48 Bosch/Rexroth IKS41 DKC Series, ECO Drive Indramat depending on Indramat amplifier Indramat Bosch/Rexroth Indramat IN2 Bosch/Rexroth IKG477, IKG417, IKG49, IKG48 Bosch/Rexroth IKS41 DKC Series, ECO Drive Indramat depending on Indramat amplifier Indramat Bosch/Rexroth Indramat IN4/IN3 Bosch/Rexroth IKG49 Bosch/Rexroth IKS4374 DKC Series, ECO Drive Indramat Indramat Bosch/Rexroth Indramat IN1 Bosch/Rexroth IKG477 Bosch/Rexroth IKS41 DIAX Series Indramat Indramat Bosch/Rexroth Indramat IN2 Bosch/Rexroth IKG477 Bosch/Rexroth IKS41 DIAX Series Indramat Indramat Bosch/Rexroth Indramat IN3 Bosch/Rexroth IKG477 Bosch/Rexroth IKS4374 DIAX Series Indramat Indramat Parker Compumotor PC3 Exlar PC6-MC-xxx Parker XX Gemini Series Compumotor SLM115 Allen Bradley AB1 Exlar PC7-MC-xxx Allen Bradley xxx SLG115 Ultra 1/2 Allen Bradley AB7* Allen Bradley 29-UXNPAMP-14Sxx Allen Bradley 29-UXNFBMP-Sxx Ultra 3/5 Allen Bradley AB4/AB5* Allen Bradley 29-UXNPAMP-14Sxx Allen Bradley 29-UXNFBMP-Sxx** Ultra 3/5 Control Techniques En, EM2 Control Techniques CMMS-xxx Control CFCS-XXX Epsilon and MDS Series Techniques Kollmorgen Servo Star KM1 Kollmorgen CSSSRHA2H-xxx Kollmorgen CSSSRHA2H-xxx & Servo Star CD (set includes feedback cable) (set includes power cable) Kollmorgen KM5/KM2 Kollmorgen CSSSRHG2H-xxx Kollmorgen CSSSRHG2H-xxx Servo Star 6 (set includes feedback cable) (set includes power cable) Kollmorgen KM4/KM3 Kollmorgen CSSSS3HG2H-xxx Kollmorgen CSSSS3HG2H-xxx Servo Star 6 (set includes feedback cable) (set includes power cable) Bosch/Rexroth IN1 Bosch/Rexroth IKG49 Bosch/Rexroth IKS41 Indramat DKC Series, ECO Drive Indramat Indramat Bosch/Rexroth IN2 Bosch/Rexroth IKG49 Bosch/Rexroth IKS41 Indramat DKC Series, ECO Drive Indramat Indramat Bosch/Rexroth IN3/IN4 Bosch/Rexroth IKG49 Bosch/Rexroth IKS4374 Indramat DKC Series, ECO Drive Indramat Indramat Bosch/Rexroth IN1 Bosch/Rexroth IKG477 Bosch/Rexroth IKS41 Indramat DIAX Series Indramat Indramat Bosch/Rexroth IN2 Bosch/Rexroth IKG477 Bosch/Rexroth IKS41 Indramat DIAX Series Indramat Indramat Bosch/Rexroth IN3 Bosch/Rexroth IKG477 Bosch/Rexroth IKS4374 Indramat DIAX Series Indramat Indramat Parker Compumotor PC3 Exlar PC7-MC-xxx Parker XX Gemini Series Compumotor * For manufactured cables that do not contain leads for brake connection within the power or feedback cable, the M connector configuration will be provided with Exlar s standard power receptacle, and Exlar s standard PC1-AC-xxx, or PC7-AC-xxx power cable should be used. ** Exlar Corporation uses absolute encoders for AB4 and AB5 configurations that are powered by 5 VDC. A customer not using Allen-Bradley s universal feedback cable referenced here, must make provisions such that the wiring scheme provides connectivity according to Allen-Bradley s wiring requirments for 5 VDC encoder power from the amplifier to the encoder. 17

111 Motor Speed Designators Motor Options All Exlar T-LAM motors and actuators carry a standard motor speed designator as defined below. This is representative of the standard base speed of the motor, for the selected bus voltage. Designator Base Speed Motor Series -5 5 rpm SLM/SLG6-4 4 rpm SLM/SLG9-3 3 rpm SLM/SLG rpm SLM Special Speed, Consult Exlar If the model number is created and the location for the motor speed designator is left blank, this is the base speed to which each motor will be manufactured. The model number can also be created including this standard speed designator. Exlar also provides the flexibility to manufacture all of its T-LAM products with special base speeds to match the customer s exact application requirements. This may be a higher than standard speed motor, or lower base speed than standard which will allow the customer to get the required torque, at a speed optimized to their application, and use the minimum amount of current from their amplifier. The call out for a special speed is configured in the model number by using a two digit code from These numbers represent the number, in hundreds, of RPM that will be the base speed for the particular motor. For example, an SLG-9-1-KCGS-AB motor that normally has a 4 rpm standard winding, can be changed to a 33 rpm winding by changing the -4, to a -33. It can be changed to a 5 rpm winding by changing the -4 to a -5. Changing this speed designator will change the ratings of the motor, and these must be obtained from Exlar applications engineers. Also, it is not possible to produce every possible speed from -1 to -99 for each motor at each voltage so please contact Exlar applications engineers for confirmation of the speed that is desired for the application. Housing Options SLM/SLG motor options are described with a 3 digit code. The first digit calls out the stack length, the second the rated bus voltage, and the third the number of poles of the motor. Refer to the mechanical/ electrical specifications for motor torque and actuator rated force. 118 = 1 stack, 115 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 138 = 1 stack, 23 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 158 = 1 stack, 4 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 168 = 1 stack, 46 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 218 = 2 stack, 115 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 238 = 2 stack, 23 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 258 = 2 stack, 4 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 268 = 2 stack, 46 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 318 = 3 stack, 115 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 338 = 3 stack, 23 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 358 = 3 stack, 4 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H 368 = 3 stack, 46 Vrms, 8 Pole, Class 18 H FG = Food Grade Epoxy This option provides for a motor coated with FDA approved white epoxy. SS = Stainless Steel Housing This option provides a motor with all stainless steel construction. Housing dimensions for this option are not equal to the standard housing. Please inquire with Exlar for dimensions. HC = Type III Hard Coat Anodized, Class 1 This option provides an actuator with type III hard coat anodized coating. Class 1, no dye. XH = Special Housing Option Any housing option that is not designated by the above codes should be listed as XH and described at time of order. All special options must be discussed with Exlar engineering. SLM/SLG Series 18

112 SLM [6.] ø.219 [ø5.6] Equally Spaced on a ø2.756 [ø7] B.C. (4x).197 [5.].122 [3.1] ø [5-.3 ] ø [ ].344 [8.7].98 [2.5].9 [22.8] [3] Dim "A" [57.6].893 [22.7] [63.4] Note: Dimension format = in. [mm] Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) SLM6 With Brake Option Dim 1 Stack Motor 2 Stack Motor 3 Stack Motor A [117] [149] [181] [6.] ø.219 [ø5.6] Equally Spaced on a ø2.756 [ø7] B.C. (4x).197 [5.].122 [3.1] ø [5-.3 ] ø [ ].344 [8.7].98 [2.5].9 [22.8] [3] Dim "A" [57.6].893 [22.7] [63.4] Dim 1 Stack Motor 2 Stack Motor 3 Stack Motor A [143] [175] [26] Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 19

113 SLM [9].236 [6] ø.275 [ø7] Equally Spaced on a ø3.937 [ø1] B.C. (4x).847 [21.5] [8mm(g6)] ø [19mm(h6)].118 [3] [35] 1.57 [4].392 ±.5 [1 ±.13] Dim "A" 2.3 [58] Typ. (Varies With Conn. Type) 1.77 [45] Note: Dimension format = in. [mm] Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) SLM9 With Brake Option Dim 1 Stack Stator 2 Stack Stator 3 Stack Stator A 4.65 [118] 5.65 [144] 6.65 [169] 3.54 [9].236 [6] ø.275 [ø7] Equally Spaced on a ø3.937 [ø1] B.C. (4x).847 [21.5] [8mm(g6)] ø [19mm(h6)].118 [3] [35] 1.57 [4].392 ±.5 [1 ±.13] Dim "A" 2.3 [58] Typ. (Varies With Conn. Type) 1.77 [45] SLM/SLG Series Note: Dimension format = in. [mm] Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. Dim 1 Stack Stator 2 Stack Stator 3 Stack Stator A 5.96 [151] 6.96 [177] 7.96 [22] 11

114 SLM [8] 4.53 [115].157 [4] ø [24 ] [4].453 [11.5] [93.1] [37] ø.335 [ø9.] Equally spaced on a B.C. ø5.118 [13] (4x) ø [11mm (g6)] [5] Dim "A" Dim "B".63 [1.6] Note: Dimension format = in. [mm] Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) SLM115 With Brake Option Dim 1 Stack Stator 2 Stack Stator 3 Stack Stator A [117] [168] [218] B 6.31 [153] 8.31 [24] 1.31 [255].315 [8] 4.53 [115].157 [4] ø [24 ] [4].453 [11.5] [93.1] [37] ø.335 [ø9.] Equally spaced on a B.C. ø5.118 [13] (4x) ø [11mm (g6)] [5] Dim "A" Dim "B".63 [1.6] Note: Dimension format = in. [mm] Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) Dim 1 Stack Stator 2 Stack Stator 3 Stack Stator A [156] [27] [258] B [193] [243] [255] Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 111

115 SLM142 Ø [Ø 13 g6] Pilot Diam.394 [1].138 [3.5].67 [17.] 5.59 [142].197 [5] Ø [Ø 32 h6] 3.69 [93.7] [41.8] Keyway Ø.433 [Ø 11] Thru Equally spaced on a B.C. Ø [Ø 165] (4x) Case will Clear 3/8 or 1mm SHCS 2.28 ±.5 [58] Dim "A" Note: Dimension format = in. [mm] Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) SLM142 With Brake Option Dim A 1 stack, with brake 9.53 (242.6) 2 stack, with brake (286.51) 3 stack, with brake 13.3 (33.96) Ø [Ø 13 g6] Pilot Diam.394 [1].138 [3.5].67 [17.].197 [5] Ø [Ø 32 h6] 3.69 [93.7] 5.59 [142] Ø.433 [Ø 11] Thru Equally spaced on a B.C. Ø [Ø 165] (4x) Case will Clear 3/8 or 1mm SHCS [41.8] Keyway 2.28 ±.5 [58] Dim "A" Note: Dimension format = in. [mm] Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) SLM/SLG Series Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. Dim A 1 stack, no brake 7.85 (199.39) 2 stack, no brake 9.6 (243.84) 3 stack, no brake (339.9) 112

116 SLG [6.] ø.219 [ø5.6] Equally Spaced on a ø2.756 [ø7] B.C. (4x).197 [5.].79 [18.] ø [5 ] [3.].98 [25].8 [2] ø [ ] [36.2].382 [9.7] Dim "A" [57.6].893 [22.7] [63.4] Note: Dimension format = in. [mm] Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) SLG6 With Brake Option 1 Stack Stator 2 Stack Stator 3 Stack Stator Dim 1 Stage Gearhead 1 Stage Gearhead 1 Stage Gearhead A [176] [27] [239] 1 Stack Stator 2 Stack Stator 3 Stack Stator Dim 2 Stage Gearhead 2 Stage Gearhead 2 Stage Gearhead A 7.96 [22] 9.21 [234] 1.46 [266] [6.] ø.219 [ø5.6] Equally Spaced on a ø2.756 [ø7] B.C. (4x).197 [5.].79 [18.] ø [5 ] [3.].98 [25].8 [2] ø [ ] [36.2].382 [9.7] Note: Dimension format = in. [mm] Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) Dim "A" [57.6].893 [22.7] [63.4] Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 1 Stack Stator 2 Stack Stator 3 Stack Stator Dim 1 Stage Gearhead 1 Stage Gearhead 1 Stage Gearhead A 7.93 [21] 9.18 [233] 1.43 [265] 1 Stack Stator 2 Stack Stator 3 Stack Stator Dim 2 Stage Gearhead 2 Stage Gearhead 2 Stage Gearhead A [228] [26] [291] 113

117 SLG [9].97 [24.5] ø.257 [ø6.5] Equally Spaced on a ø3.937 [ø1] B.C. (4x).236 [6] ø [8mm(g6)] [36].12 [3] ø [22mm(j6)].118 [3] 1.89 [48].627 [16] Dim "A" 2.3 [58] Typ. (Varies With Conn. Type) 1.77 [45] Note: Dimension format = in. [mm] Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) SLG9 With Brake Option 1 Stack Stator 2 Stack Stator 3 Stack Stator Dim 1 Stage Gearhead 1 Stage Gearhead 1 Stage Gearhead a 7.76 [197] 8.76 [223] 9.76 [248] 1 Stack Stator 2 Stack Stator 3 Stack Stator Dim 2 Stage Gearhead 2 Stage Gearhead 2 Stage Gearhead A 9.25 [229] 1.25 [255] [28] 3.54 [9].97 [24.5] ø.257 [ø6.5] Equally Spaced on a ø3.937 [ø1] B.C. (4x).236 [6] [36].12 [3] ø [22mm(j6)] ø [8mm(g6)].118 [3] 1.89 [48].627 [16] Dim "A" 2.3 [58] Typ. (Varies With Conn. Type) 1.77 [45] SLM/SLG Series Note: Dimension format = in. [mm] Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) 1 Stack Stator 2 Stack Stator 3 Stack Stator Dim 1 Stage Gearhead 1 Stage Gearhead 1 Stage Gearhead A 9.7 [23] 1.7 [256] 11.7 [281] 1 Stack Stator 2 Stack Stator 3 Stack Stator Dim 2 Stage Gearhead 2 Stage Gearhead 2 Stage Gearhead A [263] [288] [313] Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 114

118 SLG [1] 1.97 [5].2 [5].157 [4].638 [16.2] [93.1] 4.53 [115] [35] ø.335 [ø8.5] Equally spaced on a B.C. ø5.118 [13] (4x) ø [ ] ø [11mm (g6)] [65] Dim "A" Dim "B".63 [1.6] Note: Dimension format = in. [mm] Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) 1 Stack Stator 2 Stack Stator 3 Stack Stator 1 Stack Stator 2 Stack Stator 3 Stack Stator Dim 1 Stage Gearhead 1 Stage Gearhead 1 Stage Gearhead Dim 2 Stage Gearhead 2 Stage Gearhead 2 Stage Gearhead A [218] [269] [319] A [259] [31] [36] B 1.16 [254] [35] [356] B [295] [346] [397] SLG115 With Brake Opt.394 [1].157 [4].638 [16.2] 1.97 [5].2 [5] [93.1] 4.53 [115] [35] ø [32 ] -.5 ø.335 [ø8.5] Equally spaced on a B.C. ø5.118 [13] (4x) ø [11mm (g6)] [65] Dim "A" Dim "B".63 [1.6] Note: Dimension format = in. [mm] Face plate edge is not intended for alignment of shaft (use pilot) 1 Stack Stator 2 Stack Stator 3 Stack Stator 1 Stack Stator 2 Stack Stator 3 Stack Stator Dim 1 Stage Gearhead 1 Stage Gearhead 1 Stage Gearhead Dim 2 Stage Gearhead 2 Stage Gearhead 2 Stage Gearhead A [257] [38] [359] A [298] [349] [4] B [294] [345] [395] B [335] [385] [436] Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 115

119 SLM/SLG Series Motor Ordering Information SLM/G = Model Series SLG = SLG Series Servo gear Motor SLM = SLM Series Servo Motor (No Gear Reduction) AAA = Frame Size 6 = 6 mm 9 = 9 mm 115 = 115mm 142 = 142mm BBB = Gear Reduction Ratio Blank = SLM Single reduction ratios 4 = 4:1 5 = 5:1 1 = 1:1 Double reduction ratios 16 = 16:1 2 = 2:1 25 = 25:1 4 = 4:1 5 = 5:1 1 = 1:1 C K R X = Shaft Type = Keyed = Smooth/Round = Special Shaft D = Connector Options B = Embedded Leads C = Standard MS Connectors I = Intercontec style (Exlar standard style connector) M = Manufacturer's Connectors 3 P = Embedded Leads with Standard MS Connector Cable Plugs E = MS style, electroless nickel X = Special Connectors E = Coating Options 2 G = Standard Gray E-Coat, Black Anodized 7 Front/Rear Covers E = Electroless Nickel Plated F = Food Grade White X = Special Coating F B S = Brake Options = Brake = Standard No Brake SLM/GAAA - BBB - CDEF - GGG - HHH - II - XX - ##### GGG = Brushless Amplifier (Please indicate the amplifier to be used to power the actuator) XX1 = Custom Feedback - purchaser must supply drawing of feedback device and desired wiring drawings OO1 = Standard Feedback Mount - actuator is supplied ready for size 15 resolver or encoder, includes.375 mm shaft OO2 = Same as above with 8mm shaft If the Rockwell Allen-Bradley system that you are using is the Kinetix platform or SERCOS based, additional software and data files are required from Allen- Bradley. Please contact your Rockwell Allen-Bradley representative for support. AB1 = Allen-Bradley Ultra 1/2 5 (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) AB5 = Allen Bradley Ultra 3 or 5 5 (multi-turn, absolute encoder) AB6 = Allen Bradley (resolver)(replaces AB2) AB7 = Allen Bradley Ultra 3 or 5 5 (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) AD1 = Advanced Digital "Simple Servo" (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) AP1 = API resolver based (resolver) AP2 = API encoder based (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) AM1 = Advanced Motion Controls (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) AM2 = Advanced Motion Controls (incremental encoder, 1 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) AM3 = Advanced Motion Controls (resolver) AM4 = Advanced Motion Controls BX Series default settings (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) BD2 = Baldor Flex Series (resolver)(replaces BD1) BD3 = Baldor Flex Series (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) BM2 = Baumueller bmaxx & BUM series (resolver) BO1 = Bosch (resolver) CC1 = Cleveland Machine Controls (resolver) CM1 = Comau (resolver) CO1 = Copley Controls (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) CS1 = Parker (Custom Servo Motors) MPA, MPSL (resolver) CS2 = Parker (Custom Servo Motors) Servo Flex (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) CT1 = Control Techniques Unidrive SP (Stegmann SRM 5 multi-turn absolute encoder) CT3 = Control Techniques Unidrive SP (Stegmann SKM 36 multi-turn absolute encoder) CT4 = Control Techniques Unidrive SP (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) EL1 = Elmo Motion Control (resolver) EL2 = Elmo CLA, SBA, FLU Series, (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) EM2 = Emerson En, Epsilon, MDS Series and Uni- Drive 5 (std encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) EM3 = Emerson MX Series (resolver) EM4 = Emerson UniDrive SP (resolver) EU1 = Elau (multi-turn, absolute encoder) EX4 = Exlar SV Series (resolver) (replaces EX3) GL1 = Sheffield Automation (G&L) Smart Drive (standard encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) If selecting the "M" connector option with GL1, the motor power and encoder connector configuration will be equivalent to that used on the Sheffield Automation HSM Series motors. GL2 = Sheffield Automation (G&L) Smart Drive (standard encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) If selecting the "M" connector option with GL2, the motor power and encoder connector configuration will be equivalent to that used on the Sheffield Automation LSM/MSM Series motors. IN1 = Bosch-rexroth (Indramat) ECO Drive, (absolute, multi-turn Heidenhain encoder) IN2 = Bosch-rexroth (Indramat) ECO Drive, (absolute, IN4 single-turn Heidenhain encoder) = Bosch-rexroth (Indramat) ECO Drive, standard resolver (resolver)(replaces IN3) KM4 = Kollmorgen ServoStar6 Series 5 (multi-turn, absolute encoder) KM5 = Kollmorgen ServoStar6 Series 5 and ServoStar CD (resolver)(replaces KM2) KM6 = Kollmorgen ServoStar3 Series 5 (std encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) LZ1 = Lenze 93 Series (multi-turn absolute encoder) LZ5 = Lenze 93 Series (resolver) MD1 = Modicon (resolver) MX1 = Metronix ARS Series (resolver) OR1 = Ormec (resolver) PC1 = Parker Compumotor Apex & Z Series (resolver) PC2 = Parker Compumotor TQ Series (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) PC3 = Parker Compumotor Gemini Series (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) PC6 = Parker Incremental Encoder, Euro Connectors PC7 = Parker Compax 3 (resolver) PC8 = Parker Compumotor with incremental encoder, Parker PS connectors (std encoder, 248 line, 5 VDC) PC9 = Parker Compumotor with multi-turn absolute (Stegmann) encoder, Parker PS connectors PC = Parker Compumotor with resolver, Parker PS connectors (resolver type 1) PS2 = Pacific Scientific (incremental encoder, 248 line, with commutation, 5 VDC) PS3 = Pacific Scientific SC9, 7 Series (resolver)(replaces PS1) SM2 = Siemens (resolver) SM3 = Siemens (multi-turn, absolute encoder) SP2 = In Motion, PAM Series (resolver) WD1 = Whedco (GE-Fanuc)(resolver) SLM/SLG Series Consult Exlar s application engineering department regarding all special actuator components. 116

120 SLM/SLG Series Motor Ordering Information HHH = Motor Stator, All 8 Pole 1,6 118 = 1 Stack, 115 Vrms 138 = 1 Stack, 23 Vrms 158 = 1 Stack, 4 Vrms 168 = 1 Stack, 46 Vrms 218 = 2 Stack, 115 Vrms 238 = 2 Stack, 23 Vrms 258 = 2 Stack, 4 Vrms 268 = 2 Stack, 46 Vrms 318 = 3 Stack, 115 Vrms 338 = 3 Stack, 23 Vrms 358 = 3 Stack, 4 Vrms 368 = 3 Stack, 46 Vrms II = Optional Speed & Mechanical Designations 3 = 3 rpm, SLM/G115 4 = 4 rpm, SLM/G9 5 = 5 rpm, SLM/G = Special Speed, Consult Exlar XX = Part Number Designator for specials HC = Type III hard coat anodized, Class 1 SS = Stainless steel housing XH = Special housing or mounting option XM = Special motor options XF = Special feedback option XL = Special lubrication #### = Part Number Designator for Specials ##### = Optional 5 digit assigned part number to designate unique model number for specials Note: Any specials denoted by an X in the part number require definition and quotation from the factory. 1. Stator voltage and pole options allow for catalog rated performance at varying amplifier bus voltages and pole configuration requirements. 2. These housing options would typically be accompanied by the choice of the electroless nickel connectors if a connectorized unit were selected. This choice may also indicate a need for special material main rods or flanges. Please inquire with Exlar Eng. 3. Available with AB1, AB4/5, AB7, CT1, CT2, EM2, KM4, KM5, KM6, IN1, IN2, IN4, LZ1, LZ5, PC3, PS3, YS2 and YS3 feedback currently. This option allows the customer to use the standard cables supplied by their amplifier manufacturer. 4. Use of the Allen-Bradley 1394 requires assistance from Allen-Bradley to configure the axis for a custom motor. 5. Amps require motor data files for operation. See or contact Exlar Engineering. 6. See page 18 for explanation of voltage, speed and stack options. 7. When selecting special housing options, use G in this model mask location. 117

121 118 SLM/SLG Series

122 ER Series Rotary Motor and Gearmotor For hazardous duty environments with constant exposure to flammable gasses or vapors* Exlar's ER Series rotary explosion-proof motors and gearmotors provide an excellent solution. Exlar's motors utilizing T-LAM technology, an innovative segmented winding, have been designed for efficiency, power and durability and provide a very high torque-to-size ratio when compared to other suppliers' motors. The gearmotor comprises a brushless permanent magnet motor optimized for use with an integral planetary gear set. Through the uniform load sharing of several gears acting in concert, planetary gear heads are a very compact, reliable solution providing high torque, low backlash and low maintenance. The ER Series motors are compatible with nearly any manufacturers' resolver-based amplifier. *ER Series motors are rated for Class I, div 1, Groups B, C and D. "Class I" means that flammable gasses or vapors may be present in the air in quantities sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures. "Division1" means that hazardous concentrations in the air may exist continuously, intermittently, or periodically under normal operating conditions. "Group B" allows for atmospheres containing hydrogen, or gasses (or vapors) of equivalent hazard, such as manufactured gas. "Group C" allows for atmospheres containing ethylether vapors, ethylene or cyclo propane. "Group D" allows for atmospheres containing gasoline, hexane, naphtha, benzene, butane, alcohol, acetone, benzol, lacquer solvent vapors or natural gas. ER Series motors are not rated for operation in atmospheres containing acetylene. ER115 Explosion-Proof Rotary Gearmotor Class I, div 1, Groups B, C and D 119

123 Features T-LAM technology yielding 35% increase in continuous motor torque over traditional windings Resolver feedback 8 pole motors TYPICAL APPLICATIONS FOR EL SERIES EXPLOSION-PROOF MOTORS ARE WELL- SUITED TO MANY APPLICATIONS SUCH AS: Rod end options 1, 2, or 3 stack motor availability compatible with nearly any resolver based servo amplifier Several mounting configurations Potted NPT connectors Windings from 24 VDC to 46 VAC rms Class 18H insulation system Turbine fuel flow Printing presses Engine test stands Fuel distribution systems Chemical process plants Shipbound fuel management ER Speed/Torque Curves Peak Torque Continuous Torque Torque Rated at 8 C 16 ER115 1 STACK MOTORS 25 ER115 2 STACK MOTORS 35 ER115 3 STACK MOTORS Motor Torque (lbf-in) Motor Torque (lbf-in) Motor Torque (lbf-in) ER Series Motor RPM Motor RPM Motor RPM 12

124 ER115 Electrical/Mechanical Specifications ER115 Motor Stator Data 1A8 1B A8 2B Sinusoidal Commutation Data Continuous Motor Torque* lbf-in (N-m) (5.61) (5.61) (5.7) (5.7) (5.72) (5.7) (9.41) (9.41) (9.49) (9.32) (9.49) (13.25) (13.29) (13.6) Peak Motor Torque lbf-in (N-m) (11.22) (11.22) (11.41) (11.41) (11.44) (11.4) (18.82) (18.82) (18.98) (18.64) (18.98) (26.5) (26.58) (27.21) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 8 C) N-m/A Cont. Current Rating A Peak Current Rating A Trapezoidal Commutation Data Continuous Motor Torque lbf-in (N-m) (5.36) (5.36) (5.45) (5.45) (5.46) (5.45) (8.99) (8.99) (9.6) (8.9) (9.6) (12.66) (12.69) (12.99) Peak Motor Torque lbf-in (N-m) (1.71) (1.7) (1.9) (1.9) (1.9) (1.9) (18.) (18.) (18.1) (17.8) (18.1) (25.3) (25.4) (26.) Torque Constant (Kt) lbf-in/a (+/ 8 C) (N-m/A) (.47) (.47) (.38) (.77) (1.38) (1.53) (.47) (.47) (.77) (1.4) (1.53) (.75) (1.4) (1.55) Cont. Current Rating A Peak Current Rating A Motor Data Voltage Constant (Ke) Vrms/Krpm (+/ 8 C) Vpk /Krpm Pole Configuration Resistance (L-L) (+/ 25 C) Ohms Inductance (L-L) (+/ 15%) mh Armature Inertia lb-in-sec (kg-cm 2 ) (6.27) (9.42) (12.56) Mech.Time Constant (tm), ms Electrical Time Constant (te) ms Damping Constant lbf-in/krpm (N-m/krpm) (.24) (.24) (.24) (.24) (.24) (.24) (.4) (.4) (.4) (.4) (.4) (.45) (.45) (.45) Friction Torque lbf-in (N-m) (.63) (.63) (.63) (.63) (.63) (.63) (.113) (.113) (.113) (.113) (.113) (.136) (.136) (.136) Bus Voltage Vrms 24VDC 48VDC VDC 48VDC Voltage RPM Motor Wire Insulation C (class) 18(H) Insulation System Voltage Rating 46 Thermal Switch, Stator Temp. C T4 = 13 T3A = 165 Environmental Rating IP65 ER115 Gearmotor Data ER 115 Armature Inertia* lbf-in-sec 2 ( kg-cm 2 ).344 (3.89).441 (4.99).538 (6.8) For amplifiers using peak sinusoidal ratings,multiply RMS sinusoidal Kt by.77,and peak current by Gearing Reflected Inertia Single Reduction Double Reduction Gear Stages lbf-in-sec 2 (kg-cm 2 ) Gear Stages lbf-in-sec 2 (kg-cm 2 ) 4:1.132 (.149) 16:1.121 (.137) 5:1.87 (.984) 2:1, 25:1.8 (.96) 1:1.23 (.261) 4:1, 5:1, 1:1.21 (.242) Backlash at 1% rated torque: 1 Arc minutes Efficiency: Single reduction 91% Double Reduction: 86% *Add armature inertia to gearing inertia for total ER system inertia 121

125 ER Series Gearmotor General Performance Specifications Two torque ratings for the ER Series Gearmotors are given in the table below. The left hand columns give the maximum (peak) allowable output torque for the indicated ratios of each size ER Series Gearmotor. This IS NOT the rated output torque of the motor multiplied by the ratio of the reducer. It is possible to select a configuration of the motor selection and gear ratio such that the rated motor torque, multiplied by the gear ratio exceeds these ratings. It is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the settings of the system, including the amplifier, do not allow these values to be exceeded. The right hand columns give the output torque at the indicated speed which will result in 1, hour (L1). The setup of the system, including the amplifier, will determine the actual output torque and speed. Output Torque Ratings - Mechanical Maximum Output Speed for 1, Hour Life Output Torque 1 RPM 3 RPM 5 RPM ER115 4: (53.4) 1392 (157.3) 1132 (127.9) 1 (112.9) 5:1 466 (459.4) 1445 (163.3) 1175 (132.8) 14 (117.5) 1: (287.5) 166 (187.6) 135 (152.6) 12 (135.6) 16: (53.4) 2112 (238.6) 1714 (193.) 1518 (171.) 2: (53.4) 224 (253.1) 184 (27.9) 162 (183.) 25:1 466 (459.4) 235 (265.5) 19 (214.7) 1675 (189.2) 4: (53.4) 28 (316.4) 224 (253.1) 2 (225.9) 5:1 466 (459.4) 29 (327.7) 235 (265.5) 21 (237.3) 1: (287.5) 25 (282.5) 25 (282.5) 24 (271.2) Radial Load and Bearing Life Side load ratings shown below are for 1, hour bearing life at 25mm from motor face at given rpm. Visit for full details on radial load and bearing life. RPM ER115 lbf (N) 939 (4177) 745 (3314) 549 (2442) 435 (1935) 346 (1539) Motor and Gearmotor Weight (lbs) ER115 Motor 1 Stage 2 Stage 1 Stack Stack Stack ER Series ER115 Brake Add 4.1 lbs. 122

126 ER115 Key Width 8mm Feedback [26.9] 1.6 [63.5] 2.5 Power Shaft Diam Ø (24mm h5) [36] 1.42 Flange Thickness.75 (19mm) [61] 2.4 Bolt Clearance.9 (22mm) 3/4 NPT [124] (185mm) Pilot Diam 4.72 (12mm) Mounting Holes (4x) Ø.344 (8.5mm) Thru (13mm) BHC Ø (11mm g6) Shaft Length [49] (4mm) Dimension A Gear Reduction Dinension A Stages Stacks Length (21 mm) (261 mm) (311 mm) ER115 With Gear Reduction Option Key Width 1mm Feedback 1.38 (35mm) Power Pilot Diam Ø (11mm g6) Shaft Diam Ø (32mm j6) Flange Thickness.75 (19mm) Bolt Clearance 2.43 (61.5mm) 3/4 NPT.9 (22mm) (185mm) 4.72 (12mm) Mounting Holes (4x) Ø.344 (8.5mm) Thru (13mm) BHC Shaft Length 2.54 (64 / 65 mm).16 (4mm) Dimension A Gear Reduction Dinension A Stages Stacks Length (293 mm) (344 mm) (395 mm) (334 mm) (385 mm) (436 mm) Drawings subject to change. Consult Exlar for certified drawings. 123

127 ER115 Series Motor Ordering Information ER = Model Series ER = ER Series AAA = Frame Size 115 = 115 mm frame BBB = Gear Reduction Ratio (Optional - blank for motor) 4 = 4:1 Single stage reduction 5 = 5:1 Single stage reduction 1 =1 :1 Single stage reduction 16 = 16:1 Two stage reduction 2 = 2:1 Two stage reduction 25 = 25:1 Two stage reduction 4 = 4:1 Two stage reduction 5 = 5:1 Two stage reduction 1 = 1:1 Two stage reduction X = Special Gear Reduction Ratio C = Shaft Type K = Keyed R = Smooth /Round X = Special shaft D = Connector Options N## = Potted NPT with flying leads ## = length of flying leads in feet F = Brake Options S = Standard no brake 1. Use of the Allen-Bradley 1394 requires assistance from Allen-Bradley to configure the axis for a custom motor. 2. Amplifiers require motor data files for operation. See or contact Exlar engineering. ERAAA - BBB - CDF - GGG - HHH - II - JJJ - XX - ##### GGG = Brushless Amplifier (Please indicate the amplifier to be used to power the actuator) XX1 = Custom Feedback - purchaser must supply drawing of feedback device and desired wiring drawings OO1 = Standard Feedback Mount - actuator is supplied ready for size 15 resolver or encoder, includes.375 mm shaft OO2 = Same as above with 8mm shaft AB6 = Allen Bradley (resolver)(replaces AB2) AP1 = API resolver based (resolver) AM3 = Advanced Motion Controls (resolver) BD2 = Baldor Flex Series (resolver type 1) BM2 = Baumueller bmaxx & BUM series (resolver) BO1 = Bosch (resolver) CC1 = Cleveland Machine Controls (resolver) CM1 = Comau (resolver) CS1 = Parker (Custom Servo Motors) MPA, MPSL (resolver) EL1 = Elmo Motion Control (resolver) EX4 = Exlar SV2 Series (resolver) (replaces EX3) IN4 = Bosch-Rexroth (Indramat) ECO Drive, Standard resolver (resolver)(replaces IN3) KM1 = Kollmorgen ServoStar Series 2 23V (resolver) KM5 = Kollmorgen ServoStar6 Series 2 and ServoStar CD(resolver)(replaces KM2) LZ5 = Lenze 93 Series (resolver) MD1 = Modicon (resolver) MX1 = Metronix ARS Series, Resolver type 1 OR1 = Ormec (resolver) PC1 = Parker Compumotor Apex & Z Series (resolver) PC7 = Parker Compumotor Compax 3 (resolver) PC = Parker Compumotor with resolver, Parker PS connectors (resolver) PS3 = Pacific Scientific SC9, 7 Series (resolver)(replaces PS1) SM2 = Siemens (resolver) SP2 = In Motion, PAM Series (resolver) WD1= Whedco (GE-Fanuc) (resolver) HHH = Motor Stator, All 8 Pole 1A8 = 1 stack, 24 Vrms, 8 pole 2A8 = 2 stack, 24 Vrms, 8 pole 338 = 3 stack, 23 Vrms, 8 pole 1B8 = 1 stack, 48 Vrms, 8 pole 2B8 = 2 stack, 48 Vrms, 8 pole 358 = 3 stack, 4 Vrms, 8 pole 118 = 1 stack, 115 Vrms, 8 pole 238 = 2 stack, 23 Vrms, 8 pole 368 = 3 stack, 46 Vrms, 8 pole 138 = 1 stack, 23 Vrms, 8 pole 258 = 2 stack, 4 Vrms, 8 pole 158 = 1 stack, 4 Vrms, 8 pole 268 = 2 stack, 46 Vrms, 8 pole 168 = 1 stack, 46 Vrms, 8 pole II = Speed Designations 1-99 Two digit number. Rated speed in rpm X 1 JJJ = Hazardous Location Temperature Rating T3A = 18 C (Samariam Cobolt magnets) T4 = 135 C (Neodymium-Iron-Boron magnets) XX = Optional Speed &Mechanical Designations XL = Special lubrication ##### = Part Number Designator for Specials ##### = Optional 5 digit assigned part number to designate unique model number for specials Consult Exlar s application engineering department regarding all special actuator components. ER Series 124

128 Engineering Reference Sizing and Selection of Exlar Linear and Rotary Actuators Move Profiles The first step in analyzing a motion control application and selecting an actuator is to determine the required move profile. This move profile is based on the distance to be traveled and the amount of time available in which to make that move. The calculations below can help you determine your move profile. Each motion device will have a maximum speed that it can achieve for each specific load capacity. This maximum speed will determine which type of motion profile can be used to complete the move. Two common types of move profiles are trapezoidal and triangular. If the average velocity of the profile, is less than half the max. velocity of the actuator, then triangular profiles can be used. Triangular Profiles result in the lowest possible acceleration and deceleration. Otherwise a trapezoidal profile can be used. The trapezoidal profile below with 3 equal divisions will result in 25% lower maximum speed and 12.5% higher acceleration and deceleration. This is commonly called a 1/3 trapezoidal profile. Linear Move Profile Calculations Trapezoidal Move Profile Triangular Move Profile Vmax = max.velocity-in/sec (m/sec) Vavg = avg. velocity-in/sec (m/sec) tacc = acceleration time (sec) tdec = deceleration time (sec) tcv = constant velocity (sec) ttotal = total move time (sec) acc = accel-in/sec 2 (m/sec 2 ) dec = decel-in/sec 2 (m/sec 2 ) cv = constant vel.-in/sec (m/sec) D = total move distance-in (m) or revolutions (rotary) Velocity (in/sec) V max V avg acc t acc cv t cv t total t dec dec time (sec) Velocity (in/sec) V max V avg acc t acc t total t dec dec time (sec) Standard Equations Vavg = D / ttotal If tacc = tdec Then: Vmax = (ttotal/(ttotal-tacc))(vavg) and D = Area under profile curve D = ( 1 2(tacc+tdec)+tcv)(Vmax) Trapezoidal Equations If tacc = tcv = tdec Then: Vmax = 1.5(Vavg) D = ( 2 3)(ttotal)(Vmax) acc = dec = Vmax tacc Triangular Equations If tacc = tdec = ttotal/2 Then: Vmax = 2.(Vavg) D = ( 1 2)(ttotal)(Vmax) acc = dec = Vmax tacc The following pages give the required formulas that allow you to select the proper Exlar linear or rotary actuator for your application. The first calculation explanation is for determining the required thrust in a linear application. The second provides the necessary equations for determining the torque required from a linear or rotary application. For rotary applications this includes the use of reductions through belts or gears, and for linear applications, through screws. Pages are included to allow you to enter your data and easily perform the required calculations. You can also describe your application graphically and fax it to Exlar for sizing. Reference tables for common unit conversions and motion system constants are included at the end of the section. 125

129 Sizing and Selection of Exlar Linear Actuators Thrust Calculations Definition of thrust: The thrust necessary to perform a specific move profile is equal to the sum of four components of force. These are the force due to acceleration of the mass, gravity, friction and applied forces such as cutting and pressing forces and overcoming spring forces. WLOAD F app. Terms and (units) THRUST = Total linear force-lbf (N) θ = Angle of inclination (deg) Ffriction = Force from friction-lbf (N) tacc = Acceleration time (sec) Facc = Acceleration force-lbf (N) v = Change in velocity-in/sec (m/s) Fgravity = Force due to gravity-lbf (N) µ = Coefficient of sliding friction Fapplied = Applied forces-lbf (N) (refer to table on page 133 for different materials) WL = Weight of Load-lbm (kg) g = 386.4:Acceleration of gravity - in / sec 2 (9.8 m/ sec 2 ) Thrust Calculation Equations THRUST = F friction + [F acceleration ] + F gravity + F applied THRUST = W L µcosθ + [(W L / ) (v/t acc )] + W L sinθ + F applied θ Angle of Inclination 9 Note: at θ = cosθ = 1; sinθ = at θ = 9 cosθ = ; sinθ = 1-9 It is necessary to calculate the required thrust for an application during each portion of the move profile, and determine the worst case criteria. The linear actuator should then be selected based on those values. The calculations at the right show calculations during acceleration which is often the most demanding segment of a profile. Sample Calculations: Calculate the thrust required to accelerate a 2 pound mass to 8 inches per second in an acceleration time of.2 seconds. Calculate this thrust at inclination angles(θ) of, 9 and 3. Assume that there is a 25 pound spring force that is applied against the acceleration. W L = 2 lbm, v = 8. in/sec., t a =.2 sec., F app. = 25 lbf, µ =.15 θ = THRUST = WLµcosθ + [(WL /386.4) (v/tacc)] + WLsinθ + Fapplied = (2)(.15)(1) + [(2/386.4)(8./.2)] + (2)() + 25 = 3 lbs lbs + lbs + 25 lbs = lbs force θ = 9 THRUST = WLµcosθ + [(WL /386.4) (v/tacc)] + WLsinθ + Fapplied = (2)(.15)() + [(2/386.4)(8./.2)] + (2)(1) + 25 = lbs lbs + 2 lbs + 25 lbs = lbs force θ = 3 THRUST = WLµcosθ + [(WL /386.4) (v/tacc)] + WLsinθ + Fapplied = (2)(.15)(.866) + [(2/386.4)(8./.2)] + (2)(.5) + 25 = 26 lbs lbs = lbs force 126

130 Motor Torque Calculations When selecting an actuator system it is necessary to determine the required motor torque to perform the given application. These calculations can then be compared to the torque ratings of the given amplifier and motor combination that will be used to control the actuator s velocity and position. When the system uses a separate motor and screw, like the FT actuator, the ratings for that motor and amplifier are consulted. In the case of the GSX Series actuators with their integral brushless motors, the required torque divided by the torque constant of the motor (Kt) must be less than the current rating of the GSX or SLM motor. Inertia values and torque ratings can be found in the GSX, FT and SLM/SLG Series product specifications. For the GSX Series the screw and motor inertia are combined. Motor with screw (GSX, GS, GSM & FT) Motor & motor with reducer (SLM/SLG) Terms and (units) λ = Required motor torque, lbf-in (N-m) λa = Required motor acceleration torque, lbf-in (N-m) F = Applied force load, non inertial, lbf (N) S = Screw lead, in (m) R = Belt or reducer ratio T L = Torque at driven load lbf-in (N-m) v L = Linear velocity of load in/sec (m/sec) ω L = Angular velocity of load rad/sec ω m = Angular velocity of motor rad/sec η = Screw or ratio efficiency ( 85% for roller screws) g = Gravitational constant, in/s 2 (9.75 m/s 2 ) α = Angular acceleration of motor, rad/s 2 m = Mass of the applied load, lb (N) J L = Reflected Inertia due to load, lbf-in-s 2 (N-m-s 2 ) J r = Reflected Inertia due to ratio, lbf-in-s 2 (N-m-s 2 ) J s = Reflected Inertia due to external screw, lbf-in-s 2 (N-m-s 2 ) J m = Motor armature inertia, lbf-in-s 2 (N-m-s 2 ) L = Length of screw, in (m) ρ = Density of screw material, lb/in 3 (kg/m 3 ) r = radius of screw, in (m) π = pi ( ) Velocity Equations Screw drive: v L = ω m *S/2π in/sec (m/sec) Belt or gear drive: ω m = ω L *R rad/sec Torque Equations Torque Under Load Screw drive (GSX, FT or separate screw): λ = S F 2 π η Belt and Pulley drive: λ = T L / R η lbf-in ( N-m) Gear or gear reducer drive: λ = T L / R η lbf - in ( N-m) Torque Under Acceleration λa = (J m + J R + (J s + J L )/R 2 )α lbf-in α = angular acceleration = ((RPM / 6) x 2π) / t acc, rad/sec 2. lbf-in ( N-m) J s = π L ρ x r 4 lb - in - s 2 ( N - m - s 2 ) 2 g Motor with belt and pulley Total Torque per move segment λt = λa + λ lbf-in ( N-m) 127

131 Calculating Estimated Travel Life of Exlar Linear Actuators Mean Load Calculations Force 5 lb. For accurate lifetime calculations of a roller screw in a linear application, the cubic mean load should be used. Following is a graph showing the values for force and distance as well as the calculation for cubic mean load. 25 lb. F 1 F 2 F 3 F 4 1 lb. Forces are shown for example purposes. Negative forces are shown as positive for calculation. 5 lb..5 inches 2.9 inches 1. inches 3.5 inches Cubic Mean Load Equation s 1 s 2 s 3 s 4 s = Distance traveled during each move segment 3 F 13 s 1 + F 23 s 2 + F 33 s 3 + F 43 s 4 s 1 + s 2 + s 3 + s 4 Value from example numbers is lbs. Lifetime Calculations The expected L 1 life of a roller screw is expressed as the linear travel distance that 9% of the screws are expected to meet or exceed before experiencing metal fatigue. The mathematical formula that defines this value is below. The life is in millions of inches (mm). This standard L 1 life calculation is what is expected of 9% of roller screws manufactured and is not a guarantee. Travel life estimate is based on a properly maintained screw that is free of contaminants and properly lubricated. Higher than 9% requires de-rating according to the following factors: 95% X.62 96% X.53 97% X.44 98% X.33 99% X.21 Single (non-preloaded) nut: L 1 = ( C )3 x S F Preloaded (split) nut: L 1 = ( L 1(1) 1/9 + L 1(2) 1/9 ) 9/1 where: L 1 = Travel life in millions of inches (mm) L 1(1) = Expected life in the extend direction, as determined by the single nut lifetime equation L 1(2) = Expected life in the retract direction, as determined by the single nut lifetime equation Note: The dynamic load rating of zero backlash, preloaded screws is 63% of the dynamic load rating of the standard non-preloaded screws. The calculated travel life of a preloaded screw will be 25% of the calculated travel life of the same size and lead of a non-preloaded screw for the same application. 128

132 Total Thrust Calculations Terms and (units) THRUST = Total linear force-lbf (N) Ffriction = Force from friction-lbf (N) Facc = Acceleration force-lbf (N) Fgravity = Force due to gravity-lbf (N) Fapplied = Applied forces-lbf (N) = Acceleration of gravity - in/sec 2 (9.8 m/sec 2 ) Variables θ = Angle of inclination - deg = tacc = Acceleration time - sec = v = Change in velocity - in/sec (m/s).. = µ = Coefficient of sliding friction..... = WL = Weight of Load-lbm (kg) = Fapplied = Applied forces-lbf (N) = Thrust Calculation Equations THRUST = [ F friction ] + [ F acceleration ] + F gravity + F applied THRUST = [ W L x µ x cosθ ] + [( W L / ) x (v / t acc )] + W L sinθ + F applied THRUST = [( )x( )x( )] + [( / ) x ( / )] + [( )( )]+( ) THRUST = [ ] + [( ) x ( )] + [ ]+( ) = lbf. Calculate the thrust for each segment of the move profile. Use those values in calculations below. Use the units from the above definitions. Cubic Mean Load Calculations 3 F 13 s 1 + F 23 s 2 + F 33 s 3 + F 43 s 4 s 1 + s 2 + s 3 + s 4 F 1 = s 1 = 3 F 1 t 1 = F 2 = s 2 = 3 F 2 t 2 = F 3 = s 3 = 3 F 3 t 3 = F 4 = s 4 = 3 F 4 t 4 = Move Profiles may have more or less than four components. Adjust your calculations accordingly. 129

133 Torque Calculations Terms and (units) λ = Torque, lb-in (N-m) = F = Applied Load, non inertial, lbf (N) = S = Screw lead, in (m) = η = Screw or ratio efficiency (~85% for roller screws) = g = Gravitational constant, 386 in/s 2 (9.8 m/s 2 ) = α = Acceleration of motor, rad/s = R = Belt or reducer ratio = T L = Torque at driven load, lbf-in (N-m) = v L = Linear velocity of load, in/sec (m/sec) = ω L = Angular velocity of load, rad/sec = ω m = Angular velocity of motor, rad/sec = m = Mass of the applied load, lbm (kg) = J R = Reflected Inertia due to ratio, lb-in-s 2 (N-m-s 2 ) = J S = Reflected Inertia due to screw, lb-in-s 2 (N-m-s 2 ) = J L = Reflected Inertia due to load, lb-in-s 2 (N-m-s 2 ) = J M = Motor armature inertia, lb-in-s 2 (N-m-s 2 ) = π = pi ( ) = K t = Motor Torque constant, lb-in/amp (N-m/amp) = * For the GS Series J S and J M are one value from the GS Specifications. Torque Equations Torque From Calculated Thrust. λ = SF lb - in ( N - m) = ( ) x ( )/2π(.85) = ( ) x ( )/5.34 = 2 π η Torque Due To Load, Rotary. Belt and pulley drive: λ = T L / R η lbf-in (N-m) Gear or gear reducer drive: λ = T L / Rη lbf-in (N-m) Torque During Acceleration due to screw, motor, load and reduction, linear or rotary. λ = (J m + (J S + J L ) / R 2 ) α lb-in (N-m) = [( ) + ( + )/( )]( ) = Total Torque = Torque from calculated Thrust + Torque due to motor, screw and load ( ) +( ) +( ) = Motor Current = λ / K t = ( ) / ( ) = 13

134 Exlar Application Worksheet Date: FAX to: Exlar Corporation (952) Attn: Applications Engineering Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip Code: Phone: Contact: Fax: Title: Sketch / Describe Application v Velocity vs. Time f or t Force or Torque vs.distance time distance Indicate units on graphs 131

135 Exlar Application Worksheet Date: Contact: Company: Stroke & Speed Requirements Maximum Stroke Needed Index Stroke Length Index Time Max Speed Requirements Min Speed Requirements Required Positional Accuracy inches (mm), revs inches (mm), revs sec in/sec (mm/sec), revs/sec in/sec (mm/sec), revs/sec inches (mm), arc min Load & Life Requirements Gravitational Load External Applied Load Inertial Load Friction Load lb (N) lbf (N) lbf (N) lbf (N) Rotary Inertial Load lbf-in-sec 2 (kg-m 2 ) or rotary mass, radius of gyr. lb (kg) in (mm) Side Load (rot. or lin. actuator) lb (N) Force Direction Extend Retract Both Actuator Orientation Vertical Up Vertical Down Horizontal Fixed Angle Changing Angle Degrees from Horizontal to Cycling Rate Operating Hours per Day Cycles/min/hr/day Hours Life Requirement Cycles/hr/inches/mm Configuration Mounting: Side Flange Ext Tie Rod Clevis Trunnion Rod End: Male Female Sph Rod Eye Rod Eye Clevis Rod Rotation Limiting Appl Inherent External Req d Holding Brake Req d: Yes No Cable Length ft (m) 132

136 Reference Tables ROTARY INERTIA To obtain a conversion from A to B, multiply by the value in the table. B kg-m 2 kg-cm 2 g-cm 2 kgf-m-s 2 kgf-cm-s 2 gf-cm-s 2 oz-in 2 ozf-in-s 2 lb-in 2 lbf-in-s 2 lb-ft 2 lbf-ft-s 2 A kg-m x x x x kg-cm x x x x x x1-5 g-cm x x x x x x x x x1-8 kgf-m-s x x x x x x kgf-cm-s x x x x x x1-2 gf-cm-s x x x x x x1-5 oz-in x x x x x x x x x1-3 oz-in-s x x x x x x x1-4 lb-in x x x x x x x x1-4 lbf-in-s x x x x x x x1-2 lbf-ft x x x x x x1-2 lbf-ft-s x x x x x TORQUE To obtain a conversion from A to B, multiply A by the value in the table. B N-m N-cm dyn-cm kg-m kg-cm g-cm oz-in ft-lb in-lb A N-m x N-cm x x x x1-2 dyn-cm x x x x x x1-7 kg-m x x x kg-cm x x x g-cm x x x x x x1-4 oz-in x x x x1-2 72, x x1-2 ft-lb x x x in-lb x x x x1-2 1 COMMON MATERIAL DENSITIES Material oz/in 3 gm/cm 3 COEFFICIENTS Materials in contact µ Aluminum (cast or hard drawn) OF SLIDING Steel on Steel (dry).58 Brass (cast or rolled) FRICTION Steel on Steel (lubricated).15 Bronze (cast) Aluminum on Steel.45 Copper (cast or hard drawn) Copper on Steel.36 Plastic Brass on Steel.44 Steel (hot or cold rolled) Plastic on Steel.2 Wood (hard).46.8 Linear Bearings.1 Wood (soft)

137 Notes 134

138 135 Notes

139 Notes 136

140 Headquartered at our manufacturing and motion control research center in suburban Minneapolis, MN, Exlar serves a global customer base with an extensive standard product line and complete engineering support for custom applications. Exlar Corporation 147 Lake Drive West Chanhassen, MN TEL: General FAX: Order Only FAX: Exlar is a trademark of Exlar Corporation. Windows 95, Windows 98, and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. All information contained in this brochure is subject to change without notice. Copyright 25, Exlar Corporation 958/14M/1/7 PN 23939

2005 Product Catalog

2005 Product Catalog 2005 Product Catalog EXLAR Our Company At Exlar, we are very proud of our innovation and development of quality products. With our unique product offering, we have pushed the limits of conventional motion

More information

Exlar Corporation 1470 Lake Drive West Chanhassen, MN TEL: General FAX: Order Only FAX:

Exlar Corporation 1470 Lake Drive West Chanhassen, MN TEL: General FAX: Order Only FAX: PRODUCT CATALOG The Global Leader in Actuator Technology Tritex II TM Line Voltage Linear and Rotary Electro-Mechanical Actuators For over a decade Exlar has been the global leader in actuator technology.

More information

Individual Segments. Lamination Endcaps

Individual Segments. Lamination Endcaps Exlar GS Series Linear Actuator Family The GS Series linear actuator family offers you two grades of actuator to provide cost effective options in order to meet your application s requirements. View the

More information

GS Series Linear Actuators with Integrated Motor

GS Series Linear Actuators with Integrated Motor GS Series Linear Actuators with Integrated Motor Exlar GS Series Linear Actuator Family The GS Series linear actuator family offers you two grades of actuator to provide cost effective options in order

More information

GSX SERIES. GSX Series Integrated Motor/Actuator

GSX SERIES. GSX Series Integrated Motor/Actuator Return to Table of Contents GSX SERIES INTEGRATED SERVO MOTOR AND ACTUATOR High quality screw for longer life Ideal hydraulic replacement Powerful and robust Compact size GSX Series 952.500.6200 www.exlar.com

More information

Exlar GS Series. GS Series Linear Actuators with Integrated Motor. Linear Actuator Family

Exlar GS Series. GS Series Linear Actuators with Integrated Motor. Linear Actuator Family GS Series Linear Actuators with Integrated Motor Exlar GS Series Linear Actuator Family The GS Series linear actuator family offers you two grades of actuator to provide cost effective options in order

More information

SLM/SLG SERIES. SLM Series Motors/SLG Series Gearmotors BRUSHLESS AC OR DC SERVO MOTOR / INTEGRATED SERVO GEARMOTOR

SLM/SLG SERIES. SLM Series Motors/SLG Series Gearmotors BRUSHLESS AC OR DC SERVO MOTOR / INTEGRATED SERVO GEARMOTOR SLM Series Motors/SLG Series Gearmotors SLM/SLG SERIES BRUSHLESS AC OR DC SERVO MOTOR / INTEGRATED SERVO GEARMOTOR Compatible with virtually any manufacturer s servo drive Multiple frame size options 952.5.62

More information

Exlar GS Series Linear Actuator Family

Exlar GS Series Linear Actuator Family GS Series Linear Actuators Elar GS Series Linear Actuator Family The GS Series linear actuator family offers you two grades of actuator to provide cost effective options in order to meet your application

More information

PSA Planetary Geared Servo Motors

PSA Planetary Geared Servo Motors PSA Planetary Geared Servo Motors Exlar PSA Series actuators offer you one of the highest power densities available in an electric rotary actuator system. Their unique design is especially valued in applications

More information

FT Series Linear Actuators

FT Series Linear Actuators FT Series Linear Actuators Exlar FT Series force tube actuators use a planetary roller screw mounted inside a telescoping tube mechanism. The follower is attached to the moveable force tube, which then

More information

A superior alternative to hydraulic or pneumatic motion providing 15 times the life of a ball screw. Planetary Roller Screws

A superior alternative to hydraulic or pneumatic motion providing 15 times the life of a ball screw. Planetary Roller Screws A superior alternative to hydraulic or pneumatic motion providing 15 times the life of a ball screw Planetary Roller Screws Exlar Your Linear Motion Experts Exlar Corporation is committed to providing

More information

PRS Series Planetary Roller Screws. A Superior Alternative to Hydraulic or Pneumatic Motion Providing 15 times the Life of a Ballscrew

PRS Series Planetary Roller Screws. A Superior Alternative to Hydraulic or Pneumatic Motion Providing 15 times the Life of a Ballscrew PRS Series Planetary Roller Screws A Superior Alternative to Hydraulic or Pneumatic Motion Providing 15 times the Life of a Ballscrew Exlar Roller Screw Advantage Roller Screw Overview A roller screw is

More information

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS FOR EL SERIES EXPLOSION-PROOF MOTORS ARE WELL-SUITED TO MANY APPLICATIONS SUCH AS:

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS FOR EL SERIES EXPLOSION-PROOF MOTORS ARE WELL-SUITED TO MANY APPLICATIONS SUCH AS: EL Series Explosion Proof Linear Actuators The EL Series linear actuators offer users all of the advantages of Exlar s patented inverted roller screw actuator designs in a Class I, div 1, Groups B, C or

More information

EL Series Explosion Proof Linear Actuators

EL Series Explosion Proof Linear Actuators EL Series Explosion Proof Linear Actuators The EL Series linear actuators offer users all of the advantages of Exlar s patented inverted roller screw actuator designs in a Class I, div 1, Groups B, C or

More information

White Paper. Electromechanical Actuators in the Automotive Industry Roller screw actuators for weld gun applications

White Paper. Electromechanical Actuators in the Automotive Industry Roller screw actuators for weld gun applications White Paper Electromechanical Actuators in the Automotive Industry Roller screw actuators for weld gun applications Exlar electric roller screw linear actuators, rotary servo motors, and integrated control

More information

FTP Series HIGH FORCE ELECTRIC PRESS ACTUATOR

FTP Series HIGH FORCE ELECTRIC PRESS ACTUATOR FTP Series HIGH FORCE ELECTRIC PRESS ACTUATOR Ideal hydraulic press replacement Industry-leading power density Rugged and reliable Flexible and precise 952.500.6200 www.exlar.com 75 FTP Series High Force

More information

K Series Kit Motor Reliable and Compact Approach: Build your own high-performance motor

K Series Kit Motor Reliable and Compact Approach: Build your own high-performance motor Frameless K Series Kit Overview K Series Kit Motor Reliable and Compact Approach: Build your own high-performance motor Direct drive motion construction gives equipment designers the advantages of lower

More information

TRITEX II SERIES. FULLY INTEGRATED SERVO DRIVE/MOTOR/ACTUATOR Linear or Rotary configurations AC or DC powered models Multiple networking options

TRITEX II SERIES. FULLY INTEGRATED SERVO DRIVE/MOTOR/ACTUATOR Linear or Rotary configurations AC or DC powered models Multiple networking options Tritex II AC and DC TRITEX II SERIES FULLY INTEGRATED SERVO DRIVE/MOTOR/ACTUATOR Linear or Rotary configurations AC or DC powered models Multiple networking options Tritex II Linear AC Actuator Tritex

More information

Advanced Electromechanical Actuation Components to Solutions Systems

Advanced Electromechanical Actuation Components to Solutions Systems Advanced Electromechanical Actuation Components to Solutions Systems Components to Solutions For over 25 years, Exlar has been providing advanced and robust electromechanical actuators for applications

More information

EXLAR GSM SERIES ACTUATORS APPLICATIONS INCLUDE:

EXLAR GSM SERIES ACTUATORS APPLICATIONS INCLUDE: EXLAR GSM SERIES ACTUATORS APPLICATIONS INCLUDE: Hydraulic cylinder replacement Ball screw replacement Pneumatic cylinder replacement Chip and wafer handling Automated flexible fixturing Dispensers Machine

More information

AC Servo Motors and Servo Rated Gearheads

AC Servo Motors and Servo Rated Gearheads AC Servo Motors and Servo Rated Gearheads for the automation industry Brushless Servo Motors 2 AC Servo Motors Baldor has been leading the way in energy efficient industrial motors since the 192 s. Baldor

More information

Heavy Duty Ball Screw Linear Actuators

Heavy Duty Ball Screw Linear Actuators Heavy Duty Ball Screw Linear Actuators Thrust From 2,000 to 25,000 lbf Heavy Wall Steel Construction Longest Life Simultaneous High Thrust with High Speed Piston with Rugged Anti Rotation Feature Sealed

More information

SR SERIES LINEAR ACTUATOR INSTALLATION AND SERVICE MANUAL

SR SERIES LINEAR ACTUATOR INSTALLATION AND SERVICE MANUAL SR SERIES LINEAR ACTUATOR INSTALLATION AND SERVICE MANUAL Information furnished by, Exlar Actuation Group, is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, no responsibility is assumed by for its use.

More information

to move Electric Roller Screw Servo Actuators for Spot Welding

to move Electric Roller Screw Servo Actuators for Spot Welding Engineered to move Electric Roller Screw Servo Actuators for Spot Welding INDUSTRIAL ROLLER SCREW SERVO ACTUATORS Strong, Consistent Force for Maximum Productivity and Weld Quality Diakont delivers the

More information

CPD Actuators. Powerful, Maintenance-Free Roller Screw Actuators COMPATIBLE WITH VIRTUALLY ANY SERVO MOTOR

CPD Actuators. Powerful, Maintenance-Free Roller Screw Actuators COMPATIBLE WITH VIRTUALLY ANY SERVO MOTOR CPD Actuators Powerful, Maintenance-Free Roller Screw Actuators COMPATIBLE WITH VIRTUALLY ANY SERVO MOTOR CMC Roller Screw Actuators The CPD Series Advantage Maintenance Free Oil lubrication is the accepted

More information

PC-Series Precision Linear Actuators. Optimize Your Machine and Save Energy With Reliable, High Performance, Compact Actuators

PC-Series Precision Linear Actuators. Optimize Your Machine and Save Energy With Reliable, High Performance, Compact Actuators PC-Series Precision Linear Actuators Optimize Your Machine and Save Energy With Reliable, High Performance, Compact Actuators Make the Change to Electric Enjoy superior performance and save time and energy

More information

Brushless Servo Motors

Brushless Servo Motors Quantum QB56 Series Housed Brushless Servo Motors NEMA Size 56 High Power Density, Sinusoidal BEMF Allied Motion s Quantum (QB) housed brushless servo motors are designed for use in precision servo applications

More information

Ultra Series: Crossed Roller Ultra Precision Stages

Ultra Series: Crossed Roller Ultra Precision Stages Ultra Series: Crossed Roller Ultra Precision Stages Bayside Motion Group, has developed Ultra Positioning Stages for applications requiring the ultimate in accuracy. Available with a linear motor, ball

More information

Extruded Positioning Stage

Extruded Positioning Stage Extruded Positioning Stage Single-axis stage Turnkey operation Modular aluminum construction with integral brushless linear motor, linear encoder, limit switches, cable carrier, linear bearings and bellows

More information

Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc - (800) PATENTED

Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc - (800) PATENTED PRECISION RING DRIVE SYSTEMS Based on Nexen s innovative Roller Pinion technology, Nexen Ring Drive Systems come complete with a precision grade, high capacity bearing and drive mechanism in a rigid housing.

More information

Positioning Systems. Torque Motor Rotary Tables Product Overview and Application Areas

Positioning Systems. Torque Motor Rotary Tables Product Overview and Application Areas 62 M99TE5-15 5.1 Product Overview and Application Areas The extremely rigid connection between motor and load, and a servo-drive regulation ensures excellent acceleration capabilities and good uniformity

More information

FM motor 230V & 460V. FM motor 230V. FM motor 460V. Performance AC Brushless Servo Motor. Servomotors.

FM motor 230V & 460V. FM motor 230V. FM motor 460V. Performance AC Brushless Servo Motor. Servomotors. FM motor 230V & 460V Performance A Brushless Servo FM The FM motor is a high performance brushless A servo motor range matched for use with ontrol Techniques drives. FM is an acronym for Flexible, designed

More information

ENGINEERED TO MOVE. DA Series Electric Roller Screw Actuators with Integrated Motors

ENGINEERED TO MOVE. DA Series Electric Roller Screw Actuators with Integrated Motors ENGINEERED TO MOVE DA Series Electric Roller Screw Actuators with Integrated Motors ENGINEERED TO MOVE DA Series Electromechanical Actuators (EMA) The DA Series electromechanical actuators (EMAs) are equipped

More information

Rotary Series Rotary Series: Direct Drive Precision Stages

Rotary Series Rotary Series: Direct Drive Precision Stages Rotary Series Rotary Series: Direct Drive Precision Stages Parker Bayside s Direct Drive Rotary Stages feature a robust construction and high performance in a compact package, providing smooth, near-frictionless

More information

E180 DIAMETER FRAMES

E180 DIAMETER FRAMES E18 DIAMETER FRAMES MODEL NUMBER CODE...E18 FRAME To construct a motor listing, select the combination of features required and put all the coded information in the proper sequence. Please account for

More information

E280 DIAMETER FRAMES

E280 DIAMETER FRAMES E28 DIAMETER FRAMES MODEL NUMBER CODE...E28 FRAME To construct a motor listing, select the combination of features required, and put all the coded information in the proper sequence. Please account for

More information

Screw Driven automation tables

Screw Driven automation tables automation tables Precise multi-axis positioning systems play an integral part in today s semiconductor, computer peripheral, solar power, flat panel, life sciences, lab automation, biomedical and electronics

More information

K Series Kit Motors. Frameless Kit Motors are the Reliable and Compact Approach to Build Your Own High-Performance Motor. Contact Information:

K Series Kit Motors. Frameless Kit Motors are the Reliable and Compact Approach to Build Your Own High-Performance Motor. Contact Information: K Series Kit Motors Frameless Kit Motors are the Reliable and Compact Approach to Build Your Own High-Performance Motor Direct drive motion construction gives equipment designers the advantages of lower

More information

Standard Street, El Segundo CA BRUSHLESS SERVO MOTORS

Standard Street, El Segundo CA BRUSHLESS SERVO MOTORS BRUSHLESS SERVO MOTORS To accommodate your complete servo system requirements, Glentek manufactures four complete series (GMB, GMBF, GMBM and GMBN) of high performance, permanent magnet brushless servo

More information

SELECTING A BRUSH-COMMUTATED DC MOTOR

SELECTING A BRUSH-COMMUTATED DC MOTOR SELECTING A BRUSH-COMMUTATED DC MOTOR BASIC PARAMETERS Permanent magnet direct current (DC) motors convert electrical energy into mechanical energy through the interaction of two magnetic fields. One field

More information

COMPARISON OF PERFORMANCE FEATURES

COMPARISON OF PERFORMANCE FEATURES SERVODISC CATALOG A new dimension in performance If you are involved with high performance servomotor applications, there is an important motor technology which you should know about. It s the technology

More information

Frameless High Torque Motors. Product Brochure

Frameless High Torque Motors. Product Brochure Frameless High Torque Motors Product Brochure Magnetic Innovations high torque motors are the right motors for your systems High dynamics High torque density High efficiency Optimal speed control High

More information

Linear Actuator Product Guide

Linear Actuator Product Guide Unique Solutions for Unique Customers. Linear Actuator Product Guide Guiding you towards the right solution. A division of Cleveland Motion Controls An IMC Company More solutions from us means more options

More information

Roller Screw Actuators: Benefits, Selection and Maintenance

Roller Screw Actuators: Benefits, Selection and Maintenance Roller Screw Actuators: Benefits, Selection and Maintenance Last Printed June 10, 2010; Author: Gary Shelton, Principal Design Engineer, Exlar Corp., Chanhassen, Minn. The choice of hydraulic/pneumatic

More information

Omni Series Motors. Applimotion Motors & Actuators TORQUE. Low-Profile Direct Drive Motors for the World s Machines and Robots PRODUCT DATA SHEET

Omni Series Motors. Applimotion Motors & Actuators TORQUE. Low-Profile Direct Drive Motors for the World s Machines and Robots PRODUCT DATA SHEET TORQUE Motors & Actuators PRODUCT DATA SHEET Omni Series Motors Low-Profile Direct Drive Motors for the World s Machines and Robots The Omni Series enables OEMs to design high performance, reliable, small

More information

SLM Series Motors and SLG Series Integrated. Gearmotor. SLM Series Motors/SLG Series Gearmotors

SLM Series Motors and SLG Series Integrated. Gearmotor. SLM Series Motors/SLG Series Gearmotors SLM Series Motors and SLG Series Integrated Gearmotors Brushless servo motor and gearmotor technology from Exlar provides the highest torque-to-size ratio available in motion control today. Small size,

More information

COMPARING SLOTTED vs. SLOTLESS BRUSHLESS DC MOTORS

COMPARING SLOTTED vs. SLOTLESS BRUSHLESS DC MOTORS COMPARING SLOTTED vs. SLOTLESS Authored By: Engineering Team Members Pittman Motors Slotless brushless DC motors represent a unique and compelling subset of motors within the larger category of brushless

More information

C-SERIES S-SERIES. Metric Machine Screw Jacks EMA LINEAR ACTUATORS

C-SERIES S-SERIES. Metric Machine Screw Jacks EMA LINEAR ACTUATORS C-SERIES S-SERIES Metric Machine Screw Jacks EMA LINEAR ACTUATORS Power Jacks has a proud engineering heritage dating from the earliest years of the 20th Century. A heritage that is about excellence: about

More information

Frameless High Torque Motors. Product Brochure

Frameless High Torque Motors. Product Brochure Frameless High Torque Motors Product Brochure Magnetic Innovations high torque motors are the right motors for your systems High dynamics High torque density High efficiency Optimal speed control High

More information

EMC-HD. C 01_2 Subheadline_15pt/7.2mm

EMC-HD. C 01_2 Subheadline_15pt/7.2mm C Electromechanical 01_1 Headline_36pt/14.4mm Cylinder EMC-HD C 01_2 Subheadline_15pt/7.2mm 2 Elektromechanischer Zylinder EMC-HD Short product name Example: EMC 085 HD 1 System = ElectroMechanical Cylinder

More information

Frameless Torque Motor Series

Frameless Torque Motor Series Frameless Torque Motor Series QUALITY AND SERVICE DELIVERED WORLDWIDE [ TECNOTION ] Tecnotion is the global authority on direct drive motor technology. We are the world s only unbundled manufacturer of

More information

Advanced Electromechanical Actuation Technology Defense Industry

Advanced Electromechanical Actuation Technology Defense Industry Advanced Electromechanical Actuation Technology Defense Industry Efficiency. Effectiveness. Survivability. Exlar delivers on all fronts. In defense industry applications, close isn t good enough. Whether

More information

Application Note : Comparative Motor Technologies

Application Note : Comparative Motor Technologies Application Note : Comparative Motor Technologies Air Motor and Cylinders Air Actuators use compressed air to move a piston for linear motion or turn a turbine for rotary motion. Responsiveness, speed

More information

Quantum Series Size 17, 23, 34 and 56 Brushless Servo Motors Frameless and Housed Engineering Guide

Quantum Series Size 17, 23, 34 and 56 Brushless Servo Motors Frameless and Housed Engineering Guide MACCON GmbH Kübachstr.9 D-81543 München Tel +49-89-65122()-21 Fax +49-89-655217 Quantum Series Size 17, 23, 34 and 56 Brushless Servo Motors Frameless and Housed Engineering Guide Selection Guide Quantum

More information

Advanced Linear and Rotary Actuators with Embedded Electronics. Tritex II AC or DC Powered Actuators

Advanced Linear and Rotary Actuators with Embedded Electronics. Tritex II AC or DC Powered Actuators Advanced Linear and Rotary Actuators with Embedded Electronics Tritex II AC or DC Powered Actuators Industry s Most Compact All-In-One Linear & Rotary Motion Actuators By combining the latest electronic

More information

EKM Series Motors. For Aerospace & Defense Applications

EKM Series Motors. For Aerospace & Defense Applications EKM Series Motors For Aerospace & Defense Applications EKM Series Motors Table of Contents Introduction........................................................................................ 4 Introduction

More information

Page 1. Design meeting 18/03/2008. By Mohamed KOUJILI

Page 1. Design meeting 18/03/2008. By Mohamed KOUJILI Page 1 Design meeting 18/03/2008 By Mohamed KOUJILI I. INTRODUCTION II. III. IV. CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATING PRINCIPLE 1. Stator 2. Rotor 3. Hall sensor 4. Theory of operation TORQUE/SPEED CHARACTERISTICS

More information

Linear Systems Solutions Defining the Future with the Schaeffler Group

Linear Systems Solutions Defining the Future with the Schaeffler Group Linear Systems Solutions Defining the Future with the Schaeffler Group LINEAR ACTUATORS Linear Solutions Provider Part retrieval systems, palletizers, custom tool changers, and dispensing robots are a

More information

The Straight Story on Linear Actuators

The Straight Story on Linear Actuators The Straight Story on Linear Actuators Linear actuators can be powered by pneumatics, hydraulics, or electric motors. Which is best for your job? Let s find out. Linear actuation is employed everywhere,

More information

Brushless Torque Motors

Brushless Torque Motors HT Series High Torque Brushless Torque Motors High Torque Density, Sinusoidal BEMF, Frameless Allied Motion s HT (High Torque) series of frameless brushless torque motors are available in nine diameters

More information

MANTECH ELECTRONICS. Stepper Motors. Basics on Stepper Motors I. STEPPER MOTOR SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2. STEPPING MOTORS

MANTECH ELECTRONICS. Stepper Motors. Basics on Stepper Motors I. STEPPER MOTOR SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2. STEPPING MOTORS MANTECH ELECTRONICS Stepper Motors Basics on Stepper Motors I. STEPPER MOTOR SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2. STEPPING MOTORS TYPES OF STEPPING MOTORS 1. VARIABLE RELUCTANCE 2. PERMANENT MAGNET 3. HYBRID MOTOR WINDINGS

More information

CPD Actuators. Powerful, Maintenance-Free Roller Screw Actuators COMPATIBLE WITH VIRTUALLY ANY SERVO OR STEPPER MOTOR

CPD Actuators. Powerful, Maintenance-Free Roller Screw Actuators COMPATIBLE WITH VIRTUALLY ANY SERVO OR STEPPER MOTOR CPD Actuators Powerful, Maintenance-Free Roller Screw Actuators COMPATIBLE WITH VIRTUALLY ANY SERVO OR STEPPER MOTOR CREATIVE SOLUTIONS TO AUTOMATION S MOST DEMANDING CHALLENGES CMC Roller Screw Actuators

More information

Extruded Positioning Stage

Extruded Positioning Stage Sold by Servo Systems Co. 53 Green Pond Road, Suite #2 Rockaway, NJ 07866 Toll Free: (800) 922-1103 Phone: (973) 335-1007 Fax: (973) 335-1661 www.servosystems.com Extruded Positioning Stage The Extruded

More information

ER SERIES EXPLOSION-PROOF BRUSHLESS SERVO MOTOR INSTALLATION AND SERVICE MANUAL

ER SERIES EXPLOSION-PROOF BRUSHLESS SERVO MOTOR INSTALLATION AND SERVICE MANUAL ER SERIES EXPLOSION-PROOF BRUSHLESS SERVO MOTOR INSTALLATION AND SERVICE MANUAL Class I, div 1, Groups B, C and D Hazardous Environment Rated Information furnished by EXLAR Corporation is believed to be

More information

Direct Drive Rotary An Increasingly Attractive Servo Choice

Direct Drive Rotary An Increasingly Attractive Servo Choice Direct Drive Rotary An Increasingly Attractive Servo Choice DDR systems are available in frameless, housed and the newly developed Cartridge motor format. While many engineers are familiar with the basics

More information

1326AS Series 460V, Low Inertia, Brushless Servo Motors Product Data

1326AS Series 460V, Low Inertia, Brushless Servo Motors Product Data 1326AS Series 46V, Low Inertia, Brushless Servo Motors Product Data This publication provides product information for the.49 to 49.3 N-m (4.33 to 436 lb-in.) 1326AS Series 46V, Low Inertia, Brushless Servo

More information

cyber force motors linear actuators

cyber force motors linear actuators cyber motor cyber force motors linear actuators reliable compact precise Your Applications WITTENSTEIN Products that know no limits Joining Electromechanical cylinder with high accuracy for mating and

More information

The Latest Sensor Trends

The Latest Sensor Trends Sensing & Feedback Technologies The Latest Sensor Trends Agenda Miniature sensors open up new applications Alternatives to Fiber optics Pneumatic cylinder sensing: Dual systems, analog and lifetime warranties

More information

!Servo Motors & Drives. !Gearmotors & Gearheads. !Linear & Rotary Positioning Stages. Ultra Series Product Manual

!Servo Motors & Drives. !Gearmotors & Gearheads. !Linear & Rotary Positioning Stages. Ultra Series Product Manual !Servo Motors & Drives!Gearmotors & Gearheads!Linear & Rotary Positioning Stages Ultra Series Product Manual Ultra Series Product Manual Rev: 1 / 904 Please check www.baysidemotion.com for latest revisions.

More information

Servo Motors. Unimotor hd, Unimotor fm, NT Series and XV Series lb-in ( Nm) 230 V 460 V

Servo Motors. Unimotor hd, Unimotor fm, NT Series and XV Series lb-in ( Nm) 230 V 460 V Servo Motors Unimotor hd, Unimotor fm, NT Series and XV Series 0.9-1204 lb-in (0.11-136 Nm) 230 V 460 V Contents Introduction: A Servo Motor for Every Application... 1 Drive and Motor Selection... 3 Electronic

More information

Precision Linear Actuators

Precision Linear Actuators www.thomsonlinear.com Precision Linear Actuators Thomson the Choice for Optimized Motion Solutions Often the ideal design solution is not about finding the fastest, sturdiest, most accurate or even the

More information

RSA/RSM & GSA / GSM ELECTRIC ROD-STYLE ACTUATORS. Toll Free Phone (877) SERVO98 Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099

RSA/RSM & GSA / GSM ELECTRIC ROD-STYLE ACTUATORS. Toll Free Phone (877) SERVO98 Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099 RSA/RSM & GSA / GSM ELECTRIC ROD-STYLE ACTUATORS Toll Free Fax (877) SERV99 RSA & GSA Electric Rod-Style Actuator WHAT ARE THE RSA & THE GSA? The RSA is a flexible electric screw driven rod-style actuator.

More information

Mini-MAG Positioning Products

Mini-MAG Positioning Products Mini-MAG Positioning Products Miniature Linear Stage The Mini-MAG (MMX) line of miniature linear stages blends the ultimate in performance, reliability, and value, delivering nearly twice the accuracy

More information

Machine Tool Grade Ball Screw Linear Actuators

Machine Tool Grade Ball Screw Linear Actuators Machine Tool Grade Ball crew Linear Actuators High Precision With Force To 15,000 LBf Rugged teel Construction Designed For High ystem tiffness Flexible Design To uit Any Motor Protected From Contamination

More information

GSX/GSM Linear Actuator

GSX/GSM Linear Actuator Hazardous Location GSX/GSM Class I Division 2 GSX/GSM Linear Actuator with Class I Division 2 Option The GSX and GSM linear actuators are available with Class I Division 2 certification for hazardous locations.

More information

INTRODUCTION BENEFITS OF USING DDR (DIRECT DRIVE ROTARY) TECHNOLOGY

INTRODUCTION BENEFITS OF USING DDR (DIRECT DRIVE ROTARY) TECHNOLOGY D I R E C T D R I V E R O T A R Y S Y S T E M S INTRODUCTION BENEFITS OF USING DDR (DIRECT DRIVE ROTARY) TECHNOLOGY Kollmorgen GOLDLINE DDR SERIES MOTORS Kollmorgen s 50 years of electromagnetic and electromechanical

More information

Tritex II AC or DC Powered Actuators

Tritex II AC or DC Powered Actuators Advanced Linear and Rotary Actuators with Embedded Electronics Tritex II AC or DC Powered Actuators Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. - 23 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 948-537 - Main Office: (65)

More information

Phone: Fax:

Phone: Fax: www. hi wi n. c om HI WI NCor por at i on 1400Madel i nelane El gi n,i L60124 Phone:8478272270 Fax:8478272291 i nf o@hi wi n. c om www. hi wi n. c om Welcome to HIWIN Welcome to HIWIN Directly driven HIWIN

More information

Linear Actuator with Ball Screw Series OSP-E..S. Contents Description Overview Technical Data Dimensions 79

Linear Actuator with Ball Screw Series OSP-E..S. Contents Description Overview Technical Data Dimensions 79 Linear Actuator with Ball Screw Series OSP-E..S Contents Description Page Overview 71-74 Technical Data 75-78 Dimensions 79 71 The System Concept ELECTRIC LINEAR ACTUATOR FOR HIGH ACCURACY APPLICATIONS

More information

Silencer Series Brushless DC Motors

Silencer Series Brushless DC Motors TYPICAL APPLICATIONS Medical equipment - pumps, blowers and electric scooters and wheelchairs Automatic door and window openers Computer-controlled embroidery machines Scanners Packaging equipment and

More information

Artisan Technology Group is your source for quality new and certified-used/pre-owned equipment

Artisan Technology Group is your source for quality new and certified-used/pre-owned equipment Artisan Technology Group is your source for quality new and certified-used/pre-owned equipment FAST SHIPPING AND DELIVERY TENS OF THOUSANDS OF IN-STOCK ITEMS EQUIPMENT DEMOS HUNDREDS OF MANUFACTURERS SUPPORTED

More information

The Advantages of Linear Direct Drives

The Advantages of Linear Direct Drives Linear Direct Drives High throughput, high precision, and maintenance-free: Linear direct drives from Kollmorgen set the standard for performance and effectiveness. These are brushless 3-phase servo motors

More information

Replace your belt, ball screw or rack and pinion mechanism with a simple and economical linear servo motor actuator

Replace your belt, ball screw or rack and pinion mechanism with a simple and economical linear servo motor actuator LINEAR SERVO ECONO-SLIDE Ultimate Solution for High Throughput Precision Positioning Replace your belt, ball screw or rack and pinion mechanism with a simple and economical linear servo motor actuator

More information

Kollmorgen Frameless Motor Selection Guide

Kollmorgen Frameless Motor Selection Guide Kollmorgen Frameless Motor Selection Guide KBM Series Brushless Motors Kollmorgen. Every solution comes from a real understanding of OEM challenges. The ever-escalating demands of the marketplace mean

More information

Precision Modules PSK

Precision Modules PSK Precision Modules PSK The Drive & Control Company Rexroth Linear Motion Technology Ball Rail Systems Roller Rail Systems Standard Ball Rail Systems Super Ball Rail Systems Ball Rail Systems with Aluminum

More information

BM Series. DC Brushless Rotary Servomotors. Standard NEMA frame sizes. Neodymium iron boron rare-earth magnets maximize performance

BM Series. DC Brushless Rotary Servomotors. Standard NEMA frame sizes. Neodymium iron boron rare-earth magnets maximize performance BM Series Rotary Motors BM Series DC Brushless Rotary Servomotors Standard NEMA frame sizes Neodymium iron boron rare-earth magnets maximize performance Skewed stator with 8-pole design minimizes torque

More information

Linear Actuator with Ball Screw Series OSP-E..S. Contents Description Overview Technical Data Dimensions 89

Linear Actuator with Ball Screw Series OSP-E..S. Contents Description Overview Technical Data Dimensions 89 Linear Actuator with Ball Screw Series OSP-E..S Contents Description Page Overview 79-82 Technical Data 83-88 Dimensions 89 79 The System Concept ELECTRIC LINEAR ACTUATOR FOR HIGH ACCURACY APPLICATIONS

More information

Stopping Accuracy of Brushless

Stopping Accuracy of Brushless Stopping Accuracy of Brushless Features of the High Rigidity Type DGII Series Hollow Rotary Actuator The DGII Series hollow rotary actuator was developed for positioning applications such as rotating a

More information

SLS/MLS Screw Drives OVERVIEW

SLS/MLS Screw Drives OVERVIEW SLS/MLS Screw Drives OVERVIEW APPLICATION BENEFITS Rigid, low-profile design is ideal for space-sensitive applications Consistent carrier tracking and long actuator life Wide base for ease of mounting.

More information

Screw Driven automation tables

Screw Driven automation tables automation tables Precise multi-axis positioning systems play an integral part in today s semiconductor, computer peripheral, solar power, flat panel, life sciences, lab automation, biomedical and electronics

More information

T-MAX SERIES Direct Drive Rotary Servo

T-MAX SERIES Direct Drive Rotary Servo T-MAX SERIES Direct Drive Rotary Servo T-MAX SERIES Direct Drive Rotary Servo Low Profile Direct-drive Rotary Stage Smooth Brushless Servo-drive Positioning Motion Integrated High Resolution Rotary Encoder

More information

Rotary Tables. Z Theta system

Rotary Tables. Z Theta system Rotary Tables High force Air bearings Roller bearings XY tables Z Theta system Cartesian systems Linear stepping motors and systems Linear brushless motors and systems Linear measurement systems Semiconductor/Electronics

More information

Scroll down to view your document!

Scroll down to view your document! Over 1 years cumulative experience 24 hour rush turnaround / technical support service Established in 1993 The leading independent repairer of servo motors and drives in North America. Visit us on the

More information

ServoRings TM - integrated rotary tables with high torque servo ring motor, high resolution ring encoder and high accuracy ring bearing

ServoRings TM - integrated rotary tables with high torque servo ring motor, high resolution ring encoder and high accuracy ring bearing ServoRings TM - integrated rotary tables with high torque servo ring motor, high resolution ring encoder and high accuracy ring bearing Operating principle ServoRing TM rotary tables use segmented three

More information

Compumotor BE Series Size 16 Specifications

Compumotor BE Series Size 16 Specifications Compumotor BE Series Size 16 Specifications Automation Compumotor s BE Series brushless servo motors produce high continuous stall torque in a cost-reduced package. The increased torque of the BE series

More information

Precision Linear Actuators

Precision Linear Actuators Precision Linear Actuators Linear Motion. Optimized. T Series Introduction The proven design of the T series precision linear actuators has found its way into thousands of applications throughout the world.

More information

AC Servo Motors and Servo Rated Gearheads

AC Servo Motors and Servo Rated Gearheads AC Servo Motors and Servo Rated Gearheads for the automation industry Brushless Servo Motors AC Servo Motors Baldor has been leading the way in energy efficient industrial motors since the 192 s. Baldor

More information

ElectroCraft RapidPower Xtreme Brushless DC Servo Motors

ElectroCraft RapidPower Xtreme Brushless DC Servo Motors ElectroCraft RapidPower Xtreme Brushless DC Servo Motors Product Datasheets for RPX22 RPX32 RPX4 RPX52 About ElectroCraft is a global provider of dependable, application-engineered fractional-horsepower

More information

ISOMOVE. Mechanical actuators ISO 6431

ISOMOVE. Mechanical actuators ISO 6431 ISOMOVE Mechanical actuators ISO 6431 ISOMOVE INDEX 2 Introduction 4 Mounting information and advices 6 10 40 14 20 63 25 80 29 33 Overall dimensions INTRODUCTION GENERAL FEATURES The ISOMOVE actuators

More information

Linear and Rotary Electric Actuation Without the oil and air of fluid power Without the amplifier, cables and panel space of a servo system

Linear and Rotary Electric Actuation Without the oil and air of fluid power Without the amplifier, cables and panel space of a servo system Linear and Rotary Electric Actuation Without the oil and air of fluid power Without the amplifier, cables and panel space of a servo system Three Technologies One Actuator Exlar s Tritex Series actuators

More information